rdelaage
/
postgresql
mirror of https://git.postgresql.org/git/postgresql.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
postgresql/src/backend/tcop/utility.c

2886 lines
64 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
Change my-function-name-- to my_function_name, and optimizer renames.
1999-02-14 00:22:53 +01:00
* utility.c
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
* Contains functions which control the execution of the POSTGRES utility
* commands. At one time acted as an interface between the Lisp and C
* systems.
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
Update copyrights for 2013 Fully update git head, and update back branches in ./COPYRIGHT and legal.sgml files.
2013-01-01 23:15:01 +01:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2013, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
Add: * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2000, PostgreSQL, Inc to all files copyright Regents of Berkeley. Man, that's a lot of files.
2000-01-26 06:58:53 +01:00
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
*
* IDENTIFICATION
Remove cvs keywords from all files.
2010-09-20 22:08:53 +02:00
* src/backend/tcop/utility.c
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#include "postgres.h"
Final cleanup.
1999-07-16 07:00:38 +02:00
Split tuple struct defs from htup.h to htup_details.h This reduces unnecessary exposure of other headers through htup.h, which is very widely included by many files. I have chosen to move the function prototypes to the new file as well, because that means htup.h no longer needs to include tupdesc.h. In itself this doesn't have much effect in indirect inclusion of tupdesc.h throughout the tree, because it's also required by execnodes.h; but it's something to explore in the future, and it seemed best to do the htup.h change now while I'm busy with it.
2012-08-30 22:15:44 +02:00
#include "access/htup_details.h"
Allow reloption names to have qualifiers, initially supporting a TOAST qualifier, and add support for this in pg_dump. This allows TOAST tables to have user-defined fillfactor, and will also enable us to move the autovacuum parameters to reloptions without taking away the possibility of setting values for TOAST tables.
2009-02-02 20:31:40 +01:00
#include "access/reloptions.h"
Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-18 00:32:51 +02:00
#include "access/twophase.h"
Allow include files to compile own their own. Strip unused include files out unused include files, and add needed includes to C files. The next step is to remove unused include files in C files.
2006-07-13 18:49:20 +02:00
#include "access/xact.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
#include "catalog/catalog.h"
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
#include "catalog/namespace.h"
Change the bootstrap sequence so that toast tables for system catalogs are created in the bootstrap phase proper, rather than added after-the-fact by initdb. This is cleaner than before because it allows us to retire the undocumented ALTER TABLE ... CREATE TOAST TABLE command, but the real reason I'm doing it is so that toast tables of shared catalogs will now have predetermined OIDs. This will allow a reasonably clean solution to the problem of locking tables before we load their relcache entries, to appear in a forthcoming patch.
2006-07-31 03:16:38 +02:00
#include "catalog/toasting.h"
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
#include "commands/alter.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
#include "commands/async.h"
#include "commands/cluster.h"
Hello. The following patch extends the COMMENT ON functionality to the rest of the database objects beyond just tables, columns, and views. The grammer of the COMMENT ON statement now looks like: COMMENT ON [ [ DATABASE | INDEX | RULE | SEQUENCE | TABLE | TYPE | VIEW ] <objname> | COLUMN <relation>.<attribute> | AGGREGATE <aggname> <aggtype> | FUNCTION <funcname> (arg1, arg2, ...) | OPERATOR <op> (leftoperand_typ rightoperand_typ) | TRIGGER <triggername> ON relname> Mike Mascari (mascarim@yahoo.com)
1999-10-26 05:12:39 +02:00
#include "commands/comment.h"
DDL support for collations - collowner field - CREATE COLLATION - ALTER COLLATION - DROP COLLATION - COMMENT ON COLLATION - integration with extensions - pg_dump support for the above - dependency management - psql tab completion - psql \dO command
2011-02-12 14:54:13 +01:00
#include "commands/collationcmds.h"
Add new CREATE CONVERSION/DROP CONVERSION command. This is the first cut toward CREATE CONVERSION/DROP CONVERSION implementaion. The commands can now add/remove tuples to the new pg_conversion system catalog, but that's all. Still need work to make them actually working. Documentations, regression tests also need work.
2002-07-11 09:39:28 +02:00
#include "commands/conversioncmds.h"
Alphabetically order reference to include files, "S"-"Z".
2006-07-11 20:26:11 +02:00
#include "commands/copy.h"
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
#include "commands/createas.h"
Move dbcommands.c to commands/. It should not be in the parser directory.
1997-11-24 06:32:56 +01:00
#include "commands/dbcommands.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
#include "commands/defrem.h"
Rename the newly-added commands for discarding session state. RESET SESSION, RESET PLANS, and RESET TEMP are now DISCARD ALL, DISCARD PLANS, and DISCARD TEMP, respectively. This is to avoid confusion with the pre-existing RESET variants: the DISCARD commands are not actually similar to RESET. Patch from Marko Kreen, with some minor editorialization.
2007-04-26 18:13:15 +02:00
#include "commands/discard.h"
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
#include "commands/event_trigger.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
#include "commands/explain.h"
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
#include "commands/extension.h"
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
#include "commands/matview.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
#include "commands/lockcmds.h"
#include "commands/portalcmds.h"
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
#include "commands/prepare.h"
Now we are able to CREATE PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE (Thanks, Jan).
1997-10-28 16:11:45 +01:00
#include "commands/proclang.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
#include "commands/schemacmds.h"
Add a SECURITY LABEL command. This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it. KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-28 02:55:27 +02:00
#include "commands/seclabel.h"
Final cleanup.
1999-07-16 07:00:38 +02:00
#include "commands/sequence.h"
The contents of command.c, creatinh.c, define.c, remove.c and rename.c have been divided according to the type of object manipulated - so ALTER TABLE code is in tablecmds.c, aggregate commands in aggregatecmds.c and so on. A few common support routines remain in define.c (prototypes in src/include/commands/defrem.h). No code has been changed except for includes to reflect the new files. The prototypes for aggregatecmds.c, functioncmds.c, operatorcmds.c, and typecmds.c remain in src/include/commands/defrem.h. From John Gray <jgray@azuli.co.uk>
2002-04-15 07:22:04 +02:00
#include "commands/tablecmds.h"
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
#include "commands/tablespace.h"
Final cleanup.
1999-07-16 07:00:38 +02:00
#include "commands/trigger.h"
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
#include "commands/typecmds.h"
Whoever touched this code last doesn't seem to understand what a header file is for :-(
1999-12-20 02:19:58 +01:00
#include "commands/user.h"
Final cleanup.
1999-07-16 07:00:38 +02:00
#include "commands/vacuum.h"
#include "commands/view.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
#include "parser/parse_utilcmd.h"
Separate out bgwriter code into a logically separate module, rather than being random pieces of other files. Give bgwriter responsibility for all checkpoint activity (other than a post-recovery checkpoint); so this child process absorbs the functionality of the former transient checkpoint and shutdown subprocesses. While at it, create an actual include file for postmaster.c, which for some reason never had its own file before.
2004-05-30 00:48:23 +02:00
#include "postmaster/bgwriter.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
#include "rewrite/rewriteDefine.h"
Final cleanup.
1999-07-16 07:00:38 +02:00
#include "rewrite/rewriteRemove.h"
Restructure smgr API as per recent proposal. smgr no longer depends on the relcache, and so the notion of 'blind write' is gone. This should improve efficiency in bgwriter and background checkpoint processes. Internal restructuring in md.c to remove the not-very-useful array of MdfdVec objects --- might as well just use pointers. Also remove the long-dead 'persistent main memory' storage manager (mm.c), since it seems quite unlikely to ever get resurrected.
2004-02-10 02:55:27 +01:00
#include "storage/fd.h"
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
#include "tcop/pquery.h"
Warning removal cleanup
1996-11-11 05:54:54 +01:00
#include "tcop/utility.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
#include "utils/acl.h"
Merge the last few variable.c configuration variables into the generic GUC support. It's now possible to set datestyle, timezone, and client_encoding from postgresql.conf and per-database or per-user settings. Also, implement rollback of SET commands that occur in a transaction that later fails. Create a SET LOCAL var = value syntax that sets the variable only for the duration of the current transaction. All per previous discussions in pghackers.
2002-05-17 03:19:19 +02:00
#include "utils/guc.h"
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
#include "utils/syscache.h"
Separate out bgwriter code into a logically separate module, rather than being random pieces of other files. Give bgwriter responsibility for all checkpoint activity (other than a post-recovery checkpoint); so this child process absorbs the functionality of the former transient checkpoint and shutdown subprocesses. While at it, create an actual include file for postmaster.c, which for some reason never had its own file before.
2004-05-30 00:48:23 +02:00
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
Add a hook to let loadable modules get control at ProcessUtility execution, and use it to extend contrib/pg_stat_statements to track utility commands. Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
2009-12-15 21:04:49 +01:00
/* Hook for plugins to get control in ProcessUtility() */
ProcessUtility_hook_type ProcessUtility_hook = NULL;
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
/*
* Verify user has ownership of specified relation, else ereport.
*
* If noCatalogs is true then we also deny access to system catalogs,
* except when allowSystemTableMods is true.
*/
void
CheckRelationOwnership(RangeVar *rel, bool noCatalogs)
Change the aclchk.c routines to uniformly use OIDs to identify the objects to be privilege-checked. Some change in their APIs would be necessary no matter what in the schema environment, and simply getting rid of the name-based interface entirely seems like the best way.
2002-03-22 00:27:25 +01:00
{
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
Oid relOid;
Change the aclchk.c routines to uniformly use OIDs to identify the objects to be privilege-checked. Some change in their APIs would be necessary no matter what in the schema environment, and simply getting rid of the name-based interface entirely seems like the best way.
2002-03-22 00:27:25 +01:00
HeapTuple tuple;
Try to acquire relation locks in RangeVarGetRelid. In the previous coding, we would look up a relation in RangeVarGetRelid, lock the resulting OID, and then AcceptInvalidationMessages(). While this was sufficient to ensure that we noticed any changes to the relation definition before building the relcache entry, it didn't handle the possibility that the name we looked up no longer referenced the same OID. This was particularly problematic in the case where a table had been dropped and recreated: we'd latch on to the entry for the old relation and fail later on. Now, we acquire the relation lock inside RangeVarGetRelid, and retry the name lookup if we notice that invalidation messages have been processed meanwhile. Many operations that would previously have failed with an error in the presence of concurrent DDL will now succeed. There is a good deal of work remaining to be done here: many callers of RangeVarGetRelid still pass NoLock for one reason or another. In addition, nothing in this patch guards against the possibility that the meaning of an unqualified name might change due to the creation of a relation in a schema earlier in the user's search path than the one where it was previously found. Furthermore, there's nothing at all here to guard against similar race conditions for non-relations. For all that, it's a start. Noah Misch and Robert Haas
2011-07-09 04:19:30 +02:00
/*
* XXX: This is unsafe in the presence of concurrent DDL, since it is
* called before acquiring any lock on the target relation. However,
* locking the target relation (especially using something like
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
* AccessExclusiveLock) before verifying that the user has permissions is
* not appealing either.
Try to acquire relation locks in RangeVarGetRelid. In the previous coding, we would look up a relation in RangeVarGetRelid, lock the resulting OID, and then AcceptInvalidationMessages(). While this was sufficient to ensure that we noticed any changes to the relation definition before building the relcache entry, it didn't handle the possibility that the name we looked up no longer referenced the same OID. This was particularly problematic in the case where a table had been dropped and recreated: we'd latch on to the entry for the old relation and fail later on. Now, we acquire the relation lock inside RangeVarGetRelid, and retry the name lookup if we notice that invalidation messages have been processed meanwhile. Many operations that would previously have failed with an error in the presence of concurrent DDL will now succeed. There is a good deal of work remaining to be done here: many callers of RangeVarGetRelid still pass NoLock for one reason or another. In addition, nothing in this patch guards against the possibility that the meaning of an unqualified name might change due to the creation of a relation in a schema earlier in the user's search path than the one where it was previously found. Furthermore, there's nothing at all here to guard against similar race conditions for non-relations. For all that, it's a start. Noah Misch and Robert Haas
2011-07-09 04:19:30 +02:00
*/
Improve table locking behavior in the face of current DDL. In the previous coding, callers were faced with an awkward choice: look up the name, do permissions checks, and then lock the table; or look up the name, lock the table, and then do permissions checks. The first choice was wrong because the results of the name lookup and permissions checks might be out-of-date by the time the table lock was acquired, while the second allowed a user with no privileges to interfere with access to a table by users who do have privileges (e.g. if a malicious backend queues up for an AccessExclusiveLock on a table on which AccessShareLock is already held, further attempts to access the table will be blocked until the AccessExclusiveLock is obtained and the malicious backend's transaction rolls back). To fix, allow callers of RangeVarGetRelid() to pass a callback which gets executed after performing the name lookup but before acquiring the relation lock. If the name lookup is retried (because invalidation messages are received), the callback will be re-executed as well, so we get the best of both worlds. RangeVarGetRelid() is renamed to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(); callers not wishing to supply a callback can continue to invoke it as RangeVarGetRelid(), which is now a macro. Since the only one caller that uses nowait = true now passes a callback anyway, the RangeVarGetRelid() macro defaults nowait as well. The callback can also be used for supplemental locking - for example, REINDEX INDEX needs to acquire the table lock before the index lock to reduce deadlock possibilities. There's a lot more work to be done here to fix all the cases where this can be a problem, but this commit provides the general infrastructure and fixes the following specific cases: REINDEX INDEX, REINDEX TABLE, LOCK TABLE, and and DROP TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE. Per discussion with Noah Misch and Alvaro Herrera.
2011-11-30 16:12:27 +01:00
relOid = RangeVarGetRelid(rel, NoLock, false);
Try to acquire relation locks in RangeVarGetRelid. In the previous coding, we would look up a relation in RangeVarGetRelid, lock the resulting OID, and then AcceptInvalidationMessages(). While this was sufficient to ensure that we noticed any changes to the relation definition before building the relcache entry, it didn't handle the possibility that the name we looked up no longer referenced the same OID. This was particularly problematic in the case where a table had been dropped and recreated: we'd latch on to the entry for the old relation and fail later on. Now, we acquire the relation lock inside RangeVarGetRelid, and retry the name lookup if we notice that invalidation messages have been processed meanwhile. Many operations that would previously have failed with an error in the presence of concurrent DDL will now succeed. There is a good deal of work remaining to be done here: many callers of RangeVarGetRelid still pass NoLock for one reason or another. In addition, nothing in this patch guards against the possibility that the meaning of an unqualified name might change due to the creation of a relation in a schema earlier in the user's search path than the one where it was previously found. Furthermore, there's nothing at all here to guard against similar race conditions for non-relations. For all that, it's a start. Noah Misch and Robert Haas
2011-07-09 04:19:30 +02:00
Wrap calls to SearchSysCache and related functions using macros. The purpose of this change is to eliminate the need for every caller of SearchSysCache, SearchSysCacheCopy, SearchSysCacheExists, GetSysCacheOid, and SearchSysCacheList to know the maximum number of allowable keys for a syscache entry (currently 4). This will make it far easier to increase the maximum number of keys in a future release should we choose to do so, and it makes the code shorter, too. Design and review by Tom Lane.
2010-02-14 19:42:19 +01:00
tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid));
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* should not happen */
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relOid);
Change the aclchk.c routines to uniformly use OIDs to identify the objects to be privilege-checked. Some change in their APIs would be necessary no matter what in the schema environment, and simply getting rid of the name-based interface entirely seems like the best way.
2002-03-22 00:27:25 +01:00
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relOid, GetUserId()))
Adjust 'permission denied' messages to be more useful and consistent.
2003-08-01 02:15:26 +02:00
aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, ACL_KIND_CLASS,
rel->relname);
Change the aclchk.c routines to uniformly use OIDs to identify the objects to be privilege-checked. Some change in their APIs would be necessary no matter what in the schema environment, and simply getting rid of the name-based interface entirely seems like the best way.
2002-03-22 00:27:25 +01:00
if (noCatalogs)
{
Checking to decide whether relations are system relations now depends on the namespace not the name; pg_ is not a reserved prefix for table names anymore. From Fernando Nasser.
2002-04-12 22:38:31 +02:00
if (!allowSystemTableMods &&
IsSystemClass((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple)))
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
rel->relname)));
Change the aclchk.c routines to uniformly use OIDs to identify the objects to be privilege-checked. Some change in their APIs would be necessary no matter what in the schema environment, and simply getting rid of the name-based interface entirely seems like the best way.
2002-03-22 00:27:25 +01:00
}
ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
}
Some small polishing of Mark Hollomon's cleanup of DROP command: might as well allow DROP multiple INDEX, RULE, TYPE as well. Add missing CommandCounterIncrement to DROP loop, which could cause trouble otherwise with multiple DROP of items affecting same catalog entries. Try to bring a little consistency to various error messages using 'does not exist', 'nonexistent', etc --- I standardized on 'does not exist' since that's what the vast majority of the existing uses seem to be.
2000-10-23 01:32:48 +02:00
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
/*
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
* CommandIsReadOnly: is an executable query read-only?
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
*
* This is a much stricter test than we apply for XactReadOnly mode;
* the query must be *in truth* read-only, because the caller wishes
* not to do CommandCounterIncrement for it.
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
*
* Note: currently no need to support Query nodes here
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
*/
bool
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
CommandIsReadOnly(Node *parsetree)
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
{
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
if (IsA(parsetree, PlannedStmt))
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
{
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
PlannedStmt *stmt = (PlannedStmt *) parsetree;
switch (stmt->commandType)
{
case CMD_SELECT:
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
if (stmt->rowMarks != NIL)
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety. Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole point of this patch. The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new servers. Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e. possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple, whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish. Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks. This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies of the tuple there exist.) With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by foreign key rules should be much reduced. As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed. Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests. There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson. Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund. This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most important start at the following message-ids: AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com 1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org 1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org 1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org 1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org 4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov 4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
return false; /* SELECT FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE */
Support data-modifying commands (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE) in WITH. This patch implements data-modifying WITH queries according to the semantics that the updates all happen with the same command counter value, and in an unspecified order. Therefore one WITH clause can't see the effects of another, nor can the outer query see the effects other than through the RETURNING values. And attempts to do conflicting updates will have unpredictable results. We'll need to document all that. This commit just fixes the code; documentation updates are waiting on author. Marko Tiikkaja and Hitoshi Harada
2011-02-26 00:56:23 +01:00
else if (stmt->hasModifyingCTE)
return false; /* data-modifying CTE */
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
else
return true;
case CMD_UPDATE:
case CMD_INSERT:
case CMD_DELETE:
return false;
default:
elog(WARNING, "unrecognized commandType: %d",
(int) stmt->commandType);
break;
}
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
}
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
/* For now, treat all utility commands as read/write */
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
return false;
}
/*
* check_xact_readonly: is a utility command read-only?
*
* Here we use the loose rules of XactReadOnly mode: no permanent effects
* on the database are allowed.
*/
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
static void
check_xact_readonly(Node *parsetree)
{
if (!XactReadOnly)
return;
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Note: Commands that need to do more complicated checking are handled
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
* elsewhere, in particular COPY and plannable statements do their own
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
* checking. However they should all call PreventCommandIfReadOnly to
* actually throw the error.
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
*/
switch (nodeTag(parsetree))
{
Add per-user and per-database connection limit options. This patch also includes preliminary update of pg_dumpall for roles. Petr Jelinek, with review by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-07-31 19:19:22 +02:00
case T_AlterDatabaseStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_AlterDatabaseSetStmt:
case T_AlterDomainStmt:
Allow ALTER FUNCTION to change a function's strictness, volatility, and whether or not it is a security definer. Changing a function's strictness is required by SQL2003, and the other capabilities make sense. Also, allow an optional RESTRICT noise word to be specified, for SQL conformance. Some trivial regression tests added and the documentation has been updated.
2005-03-14 01:19:37 +01:00
case T_AlterFunctionStmt:
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_AlterRoleStmt:
case T_AlterRoleSetStmt:
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
case T_AlterObjectSchemaStmt:
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
case T_AlterOwnerStmt:
Todo items: Add ALTER SEQUENCE to modify min/max/increment/cache/cycle values Also updated create sequence docs to mention NO MINVALUE, & NO MAXVALUE. New Files: doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml src/test/regress/expected/sequence.out src/test/regress/sql/sequence.sql ALTER SEQUENCE is NOT transactional. It behaves similarly to setval(). It matches the proposed SQL200N spec, as well as Oracle in most ways -- Oracle lacks RESTART WITH for some strange reason. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-03-20 08:02:11 +01:00
case T_AlterSeqStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_AlterTableStmt:
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
case T_RenameStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_CommentStmt:
case T_DefineStmt:
case T_CreateCastStmt:
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
case T_CreateEventTrigStmt:
case T_AlterEventTrigStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_CreateConversionStmt:
case T_CreatedbStmt:
case T_CreateDomainStmt:
case T_CreateFunctionStmt:
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_CreateRoleStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_IndexStmt:
case T_CreatePLangStmt:
case T_CreateOpClassStmt:
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
case T_CreateOpFamilyStmt:
case T_AlterOpFamilyStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_RuleStmt:
case T_CreateSchemaStmt:
case T_CreateSeqStmt:
case T_CreateStmt:
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
case T_CreateTableAsStmt:
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case T_RefreshMatViewStmt:
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
case T_CreateTableSpaceStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_CreateTrigStmt:
case T_CompositeTypeStmt:
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
case T_CreateEnumStmt:
Support range data types. Selectivity estimation functions are missing for some range type operators, which is a TODO. Jeff Davis
2011-11-03 12:16:28 +01:00
case T_CreateRangeStmt:
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
case T_AlterEnumStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_ViewStmt:
case T_DropStmt:
case T_DropdbStmt:
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
case T_DropTableSpaceStmt:
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_DropRoleStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_GrantStmt:
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_GrantRoleStmt:
Create an ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command, which allows users to adjust the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects. Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects created in particular schemas too. A notable benefit is that users can override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE privilege traditionally granted by default for functions. Petr Jelinek
2009-10-05 21:24:49 +02:00
case T_AlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt:
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
case T_TruncateStmt:
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
case T_DropOwnedStmt:
case T_ReassignOwnedStmt:
Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing, so anything that's broken is probably my fault. Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 03:11:32 +02:00
case T_AlterTSDictionaryStmt:
case T_AlterTSConfigurationStmt:
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
case T_CreateExtensionStmt:
Add support for multiple versions of an extension and ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE. This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it. This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules shortly. Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
2011-02-12 03:25:20 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionStmt:
Extend "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object" to permit "DROP object" as well. Per discussion, this is something we should have sooner rather than later, and it doesn't take much additional code to support it.
2011-02-10 23:36:44 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionContentsStmt:
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
case T_CreateFdwStmt:
case T_AlterFdwStmt:
case T_CreateForeignServerStmt:
case T_AlterForeignServerStmt:
case T_CreateUserMappingStmt:
case T_AlterUserMappingStmt:
case T_DropUserMappingStmt:
Support ALTER TABLESPACE name SET/RESET ( tablespace_options ). This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters, but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more. In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency, but I'm leaving that as future work for now. Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
2010-01-05 22:54:00 +01:00
case T_AlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt:
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
case T_CreateForeignTableStmt:
Add a SECURITY LABEL command. This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it. KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-28 02:55:27 +02:00
case T_SecLabelStmt:
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
PreventCommandIfReadOnly(CreateCommandTag(parsetree));
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
break;
default:
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
/* do nothing */
break;
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
}
}
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
/*
* PreventCommandIfReadOnly: throw error if XactReadOnly
*
* This is useful mainly to ensure consistency of the error message wording;
* most callers have checked XactReadOnly for themselves.
*/
void
PreventCommandIfReadOnly(const char *cmdname)
{
if (XactReadOnly)
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_READ_ONLY_SQL_TRANSACTION),
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
/* translator: %s is name of a SQL command, eg CREATE */
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
errmsg("cannot execute %s in a read-only transaction",
cmdname)));
}
/*
* PreventCommandDuringRecovery: throw error if RecoveryInProgress
*
* The majority of operations that are unsafe in a Hot Standby slave
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
* will be rejected by XactReadOnly tests. However there are a few
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
* commands that are allowed in "read-only" xacts but cannot be allowed
* in Hot Standby mode. Those commands should call this function.
*/
void
PreventCommandDuringRecovery(const char *cmdname)
{
if (RecoveryInProgress())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_READ_ONLY_SQL_TRANSACTION),
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
/* translator: %s is name of a SQL command, eg CREATE */
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
errmsg("cannot execute %s during recovery",
cmdname)));
}
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
Prevent indirect security attacks via changing session-local state within an allegedly immutable index function. It was previously recognized that we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session user. However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session. Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing. The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection against the SET ROLE issue. GUC changes are still allowed, since there are many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation. Other cases are handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared statement. (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.) Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2009-4136
2009-12-09 22:57:51 +01:00
/*
* CheckRestrictedOperation: throw error for hazardous command if we're
* inside a security restriction context.
*
* This is needed to protect session-local state for which there is not any
* better-defined protection mechanism, such as ownership.
*/
static void
CheckRestrictedOperation(const char *cmdname)
{
if (InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
/* translator: %s is name of a SQL command, eg PREPARE */
errmsg("cannot execute %s within security-restricted operation",
cmdname)));
Prevent indirect security attacks via changing session-local state within an allegedly immutable index function. It was previously recognized that we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session user. However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session. Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing. The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection against the SET ROLE issue. GUC changes are still allowed, since there are many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation. Other cases are handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared statement. (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.) Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2009-4136
2009-12-09 22:57:51 +01:00
}
Restructure command-completion-report code so that there is just one report for each received SQL command, regardless of rewriting activity. Also ensure that this report comes from the 'original' command, not the last command generated by rewrite; this fixes 7.2 breakage for INSERT commands that have actions added by rules. Fernando Nasser and Tom Lane.
2002-02-26 23:47:12 +01:00
/*
* ProcessUtility
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
* general utility function invoker
Restructure command-completion-report code so that there is just one report for each received SQL command, regardless of rewriting activity. Also ensure that this report comes from the 'original' command, not the last command generated by rewrite; this fixes 7.2 breakage for INSERT commands that have actions added by rules. Fernando Nasser and Tom Lane.
2002-02-26 23:47:12 +01:00
*
* parsetree: the parse tree for the utility statement
Adjust things so that the query_string of a cached plan and the sourceText of a portal are never NULL, but reliably provide the source text of the query. It turns out that there was only one place that was really taking a short-cut, which was the 'EXECUTE' utility statement. That doesn't seem like a sufficiently critical performance hotspot to justify not offering a guarantee of validity of the portal source text. Fix it to copy the source text over from the cached plan. Add Asserts in the places that set up cached plans and portals to reject null source strings, and simplify a bunch of places that formerly needed to guard against nulls. There may be a few places that cons up statements for execution without having any source text at all; I found one such in ConvertTriggerToFK(). It seems sufficient to inject a phony source string in such a case, for instance ProcessUtility((Node *) atstmt, "(generated ALTER TABLE ADD FOREIGN KEY command)", NULL, false, None_Receiver, NULL); We should take a second look at the usage of debug_query_string, particularly the recently added current_query() SQL function. ITAGAKI Takahiro and Tom Lane
2008-07-18 22:26:06 +02:00
* queryString: original source text of command
Fix EXPLAIN and EXECUTE commands to pass portal parameters through to the executor. This allows, for example, JDBC clients to use '?' bound parameters in these commands. Per gripe from Virag Saksena.
2005-11-29 02:25:50 +01:00
* params: parameters to use during execution
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
* isTopLevel: true if executing a "top level" (interactively issued) command
Restructure command-completion-report code so that there is just one report for each received SQL command, regardless of rewriting activity. Also ensure that this report comes from the 'original' command, not the last command generated by rewrite; this fixes 7.2 breakage for INSERT commands that have actions added by rules. Fernando Nasser and Tom Lane.
2002-02-26 23:47:12 +01:00
* dest: where to send results
* completionTag: points to a buffer of size COMPLETION_TAG_BUFSIZE
* in which to store a command completion status string.
*
Adjust things so that the query_string of a cached plan and the sourceText of a portal are never NULL, but reliably provide the source text of the query. It turns out that there was only one place that was really taking a short-cut, which was the 'EXECUTE' utility statement. That doesn't seem like a sufficiently critical performance hotspot to justify not offering a guarantee of validity of the portal source text. Fix it to copy the source text over from the cached plan. Add Asserts in the places that set up cached plans and portals to reject null source strings, and simplify a bunch of places that formerly needed to guard against nulls. There may be a few places that cons up statements for execution without having any source text at all; I found one such in ConvertTriggerToFK(). It seems sufficient to inject a phony source string in such a case, for instance ProcessUtility((Node *) atstmt, "(generated ALTER TABLE ADD FOREIGN KEY command)", NULL, false, None_Receiver, NULL); We should take a second look at the usage of debug_query_string, particularly the recently added current_query() SQL function. ITAGAKI Takahiro and Tom Lane
2008-07-18 22:26:06 +02:00
* Notes: as of PG 8.4, caller MUST supply a queryString; it is not
* allowed anymore to pass NULL. (If you really don't have source text,
* you can pass a constant string, perhaps "(query not available)".)
*
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
* completionTag is only set nonempty if we want to return a nondefault status.
Restructure command-completion-report code so that there is just one report for each received SQL command, regardless of rewriting activity. Also ensure that this report comes from the 'original' command, not the last command generated by rewrite; this fixes 7.2 breakage for INSERT commands that have actions added by rules. Fernando Nasser and Tom Lane.
2002-02-26 23:47:12 +01:00
*
* completionTag may be NULL if caller doesn't want a status string.
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
*/
void
pgindent run before 6.3 release, with Thomas' requested changes.
1998-02-26 05:46:47 +01:00
ProcessUtility(Node *parsetree,
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
const char *queryString,
Allow DECLARE CURSOR to take parameters from the portal in which it is executed. Previously, the DECLARE would succeed but subsequent FETCHes would fail since the parameter values supplied to DECLARE were not propagated to the portal created for the cursor. In support of this, add type Oids to ParamListInfo entries, which seems like a good idea anyway since code that extracts a value can double-check that it got the type of value it was expecting. Oliver Jowett, with minor editorialization by Tom Lane.
2004-08-02 03:30:51 +02:00
ParamListInfo params,
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
DestReceiver *dest,
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
char *completionTag,
ProcessUtilityContext context)
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
Assert(queryString != NULL); /* required as of 8.4 */
Adjust things so that the query_string of a cached plan and the sourceText of a portal are never NULL, but reliably provide the source text of the query. It turns out that there was only one place that was really taking a short-cut, which was the 'EXECUTE' utility statement. That doesn't seem like a sufficiently critical performance hotspot to justify not offering a guarantee of validity of the portal source text. Fix it to copy the source text over from the cached plan. Add Asserts in the places that set up cached plans and portals to reject null source strings, and simplify a bunch of places that formerly needed to guard against nulls. There may be a few places that cons up statements for execution without having any source text at all; I found one such in ConvertTriggerToFK(). It seems sufficient to inject a phony source string in such a case, for instance ProcessUtility((Node *) atstmt, "(generated ALTER TABLE ADD FOREIGN KEY command)", NULL, false, None_Receiver, NULL); We should take a second look at the usage of debug_query_string, particularly the recently added current_query() SQL function. ITAGAKI Takahiro and Tom Lane
2008-07-18 22:26:06 +02:00
Add a hook to let loadable modules get control at ProcessUtility execution, and use it to extend contrib/pg_stat_statements to track utility commands. Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
2009-12-15 21:04:49 +01:00
/*
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
* We provide a function hook variable that lets loadable plugins get
* control when ProcessUtility is called. Such a plugin would normally
* call standard_ProcessUtility().
Add a hook to let loadable modules get control at ProcessUtility execution, and use it to extend contrib/pg_stat_statements to track utility commands. Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
2009-12-15 21:04:49 +01:00
*/
if (ProcessUtility_hook)
(*ProcessUtility_hook) (parsetree, queryString, params,
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
dest, completionTag, context);
Add a hook to let loadable modules get control at ProcessUtility execution, and use it to extend contrib/pg_stat_statements to track utility commands. Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
2009-12-15 21:04:49 +01:00
else
standard_ProcessUtility(parsetree, queryString, params,
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
dest, completionTag, context);
Add a hook to let loadable modules get control at ProcessUtility execution, and use it to extend contrib/pg_stat_statements to track utility commands. Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
2009-12-15 21:04:49 +01:00
}
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
#define InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(parsetree, fncall) \
do { \
if (isCompleteQuery) \
{ \
EventTriggerDDLCommandStart(parsetree); \
} \
fncall; \
if (isCompleteQuery) \
{ \
EventTriggerDDLCommandEnd(parsetree); \
} \
} while (0)
#define InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggersIfSupported(parsetree, fncall, objtype) \
do { \
bool _supported = EventTriggerSupportsObjectType(objtype); \
\
if (_supported) \
{ \
EventTriggerDDLCommandStart(parsetree); \
} \
fncall; \
if (_supported) \
{ \
EventTriggerDDLCommandEnd(parsetree); \
} \
} while (0)
Add a hook to let loadable modules get control at ProcessUtility execution, and use it to extend contrib/pg_stat_statements to track utility commands. Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
2009-12-15 21:04:49 +01:00
void
standard_ProcessUtility(Node *parsetree,
const char *queryString,
ParamListInfo params,
DestReceiver *dest,
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
char *completionTag,
ProcessUtilityContext context)
Add a hook to let loadable modules get control at ProcessUtility execution, and use it to extend contrib/pg_stat_statements to track utility commands. Itagaki Takahiro, reviewed by Euler Taveira de Oliveira.
2009-12-15 21:04:49 +01:00
{
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
bool isTopLevel = (context == PROCESS_UTILITY_TOPLEVEL);
bool isCompleteQuery = (context <= PROCESS_UTILITY_QUERY);
Read-only transactions, as defined in SQL.
2003-01-10 23:03:30 +01:00
check_xact_readonly(parsetree);
Restructure command-completion-report code so that there is just one report for each received SQL command, regardless of rewriting activity. Also ensure that this report comes from the 'original' command, not the last command generated by rewrite; this fixes 7.2 breakage for INSERT commands that have actions added by rules. Fernando Nasser and Tom Lane.
2002-02-26 23:47:12 +01:00
if (completionTag)
completionTag[0] = '\0';
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
switch (nodeTag(parsetree))
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
{
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
/*
Allow PQcmdTuples to return row counts for MOVE and FETCH. Neil Conway
2003-02-19 04:59:02 +01:00
* ******************** transactions ********************
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
*/
case T_TransactionStmt:
{
TransactionStmt *stmt = (TransactionStmt *) parsetree;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
switch (stmt->kind)
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
{
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* START TRANSACTION, as defined by SQL99: Identical
* to BEGIN. Same code for both.
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
*/
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
case TRANS_STMT_BEGIN:
case TRANS_STMT_START:
The attached patch implements START TRANSACTION, per SQL99. The functionality of the command is basically identical to that of BEGIN; it just accepts a few extra options (only one of which PostgreSQL currently implements), and is standards-compliant. The patch includes a simple regression test and documentation. [ Regression tests removed, per Peter.] Neil Conway
2002-08-04 06:31:44 +02:00
{
Allow commas in BEGIN, START TRANSACTION, and SET TRANSACTION, as required by the SQL standard. For backwards compatibility, however, continue to accept the syntax without. Minor editorialization in the reference pages for these commands, too.
2004-08-12 23:00:34 +02:00
ListCell *lc;
The attached patch implements START TRANSACTION, per SQL99. The functionality of the command is basically identical to that of BEGIN; it just accepts a few extra options (only one of which PostgreSQL currently implements), and is standards-compliant. The patch includes a simple regression test and documentation. [ Regression tests removed, per Peter.] Neil Conway
2002-08-04 06:31:44 +02:00
Allow commas in BEGIN, START TRANSACTION, and SET TRANSACTION, as required by the SQL standard. For backwards compatibility, however, continue to accept the syntax without. Minor editorialization in the reference pages for these commands, too.
2004-08-12 23:00:34 +02:00
BeginTransactionBlock();
foreach(lc, stmt->options)
The attached patch implements START TRANSACTION, per SQL99. The functionality of the command is basically identical to that of BEGIN; it just accepts a few extra options (only one of which PostgreSQL currently implements), and is standards-compliant. The patch includes a simple regression test and documentation. [ Regression tests removed, per Peter.] Neil Conway
2002-08-04 06:31:44 +02:00
{
Allow commas in BEGIN, START TRANSACTION, and SET TRANSACTION, as required by the SQL standard. For backwards compatibility, however, continue to accept the syntax without. Minor editorialization in the reference pages for these commands, too.
2004-08-12 23:00:34 +02:00
DefElem *item = (DefElem *) lfirst(lc);
if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_isolation") == 0)
SetPGVariable("transaction_isolation",
list_make1(item->arg),
Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-18 00:32:51 +02:00
true);
Allow commas in BEGIN, START TRANSACTION, and SET TRANSACTION, as required by the SQL standard. For backwards compatibility, however, continue to accept the syntax without. Minor editorialization in the reference pages for these commands, too.
2004-08-12 23:00:34 +02:00
else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_read_only") == 0)
SetPGVariable("transaction_read_only",
list_make1(item->arg),
Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-18 00:32:51 +02:00
true);
Implement genuine serializable isolation level. Until now, our Serializable mode has in fact been what's called Snapshot Isolation, which allows some anomalies that could not occur in any serialized ordering of the transactions. This patch fixes that using a method called Serializable Snapshot Isolation, based on research papers by Michael J. Cahill (see README-SSI for full references). In Serializable Snapshot Isolation, transactions run like they do in Snapshot Isolation, but a predicate lock manager observes the reads and writes performed and aborts transactions if it detects that an anomaly might occur. This method produces some false positives, ie. it sometimes aborts transactions even though there is no anomaly. To track reads we implement predicate locking, see storage/lmgr/predicate.c. Whenever a tuple is read, a predicate lock is acquired on the tuple. Shared memory is finite, so when a transaction takes many tuple-level locks on a page, the locks are promoted to a single page-level lock, and further to a single relation level lock if necessary. To lock key values with no matching tuple, a sequential scan always takes a relation-level lock, and an index scan acquires a page-level lock that covers the search key, whether or not there are any matching keys at the moment. A predicate lock doesn't conflict with any regular locks or with another predicate locks in the normal sense. They're only used by the predicate lock manager to detect the danger of anomalies. Only serializable transactions participate in predicate locking, so there should be no extra overhead for for other transactions. Predicate locks can't be released at commit, but must be remembered until all the transactions that overlapped with it have completed. That means that we need to remember an unbounded amount of predicate locks, so we apply a lossy but conservative method of tracking locks for committed transactions. If we run short of shared memory, we overflow to a new "pg_serial" SLRU pool. We don't currently allow Serializable transactions in Hot Standby mode. That would be hard, because even read-only transactions can cause anomalies that wouldn't otherwise occur. Serializable isolation mode now means the new fully serializable level. Repeatable Read gives you the old Snapshot Isolation level that we have always had. Kevin Grittner and Dan Ports, reviewed by Jeff Davis, Heikki Linnakangas and Anssi Kääriäinen
2011-02-07 22:46:51 +01:00
else if (strcmp(item->defname, "transaction_deferrable") == 0)
SetPGVariable("transaction_deferrable",
list_make1(item->arg),
true);
The attached patch implements START TRANSACTION, per SQL99. The functionality of the command is basically identical to that of BEGIN; it just accepts a few extra options (only one of which PostgreSQL currently implements), and is standards-compliant. The patch includes a simple regression test and documentation. [ Regression tests removed, per Peter.] Neil Conway
2002-08-04 06:31:44 +02:00
}
}
break;
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
case TRANS_STMT_COMMIT:
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
if (!EndTransactionBlock())
{
/* report unsuccessful commit in completionTag */
if (completionTag)
strcpy(completionTag, "ROLLBACK");
}
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-18 00:32:51 +02:00
case TRANS_STMT_PREPARE:
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
PreventCommandDuringRecovery("PREPARE TRANSACTION");
Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-18 00:32:51 +02:00
if (!PrepareTransactionBlock(stmt->gid))
{
/* report unsuccessful commit in completionTag */
if (completionTag)
strcpy(completionTag, "ROLLBACK");
}
break;
case TRANS_STMT_COMMIT_PREPARED:
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
PreventTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "COMMIT PREPARED");
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
PreventCommandDuringRecovery("COMMIT PREPARED");
Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-18 00:32:51 +02:00
FinishPreparedTransaction(stmt->gid, true);
break;
case TRANS_STMT_ROLLBACK_PREPARED:
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
PreventTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "ROLLBACK PREPARED");
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
PreventCommandDuringRecovery("ROLLBACK PREPARED");
Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-18 00:32:51 +02:00
FinishPreparedTransaction(stmt->gid, false);
break;
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
case TRANS_STMT_ROLLBACK:
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
UserAbortTransactionBlock();
break;
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
case TRANS_STMT_SAVEPOINT:
{
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
ListCell *cell;
char *name = NULL;
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
RequireTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "SAVEPOINT");
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
foreach(cell, stmt->options)
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
{
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
DefElem *elem = lfirst(cell);
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
if (strcmp(elem->defname, "savepoint_name") == 0)
name = strVal(elem->arg);
}
Assert(PointerIsValid(name));
DefineSavepoint(name);
}
break;
case TRANS_STMT_RELEASE:
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
RequireTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "RELEASE SAVEPOINT");
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
ReleaseSavepoint(stmt->options);
break;
case TRANS_STMT_ROLLBACK_TO:
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
RequireTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT");
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
RollbackToSavepoint(stmt->options);
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
/*
Pgindent run for 8.0.
2004-08-29 07:07:03 +02:00
* CommitTransactionCommand is in charge of
* re-defining the savepoint again
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
*/
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
}
}
break;
/*
Restructure parsetree representation of DECLARE CURSOR: now it's a utility statement (DeclareCursorStmt) with a SELECT query dangling from it, rather than a SELECT query with a few unusual fields in it. Add code to determine whether a planned query can safely be run backwards. If DECLARE CURSOR specifies SCROLL, ensure that the plan can be run backwards by adding a Materialize plan node if it can't. Without SCROLL, you get an error if you try to fetch backwards from a cursor that can't handle it. (There is still some discussion about what the exact behavior should be, but this is necessary infrastructure in any case.) Along the way, make EXPLAIN DECLARE CURSOR work.
2003-03-10 04:53:52 +01:00
* Portal (cursor) manipulation
Modify processing of DECLARE CURSOR and EXPLAIN so that they can resolve the types of unspecified parameters when submitted via extended query protocol. This worked in 8.2 but I had broken it during plancache changes. DECLARE CURSOR is now treated almost exactly like a plain SELECT through parse analysis, rewrite, and planning; only just before sending to the executor do we divert it away to ProcessUtility. This requires a special-case check in a number of places, but practically all of them were already special-casing SELECT INTO, so it's not too ugly. (Maybe it would be a good idea to merge the two by treating IntoClause as a form of utility statement? Not going to worry about that now, though.) That approach doesn't work for EXPLAIN, however, so for that I punted and used a klugy solution of running parse analysis an extra time if under extended query protocol.
2007-04-28 00:05:49 +02:00
*
* Note: DECLARE CURSOR is processed mostly as a SELECT, and
* therefore what we will get here is a PlannedStmt not a bare
* DeclareCursorStmt.
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
*/
Modify processing of DECLARE CURSOR and EXPLAIN so that they can resolve the types of unspecified parameters when submitted via extended query protocol. This worked in 8.2 but I had broken it during plancache changes. DECLARE CURSOR is now treated almost exactly like a plain SELECT through parse analysis, rewrite, and planning; only just before sending to the executor do we divert it away to ProcessUtility. This requires a special-case check in a number of places, but practically all of them were already special-casing SELECT INTO, so it's not too ugly. (Maybe it would be a good idea to merge the two by treating IntoClause as a form of utility statement? Not going to worry about that now, though.) That approach doesn't work for EXPLAIN, however, so for that I punted and used a klugy solution of running parse analysis an extra time if under extended query protocol.
2007-04-28 00:05:49 +02:00
case T_PlannedStmt:
{
PlannedStmt *stmt = (PlannedStmt *) parsetree;
if (stmt->utilityStmt == NULL ||
!IsA(stmt->utilityStmt, DeclareCursorStmt))
elog(ERROR, "non-DECLARE CURSOR PlannedStmt passed to ProcessUtility");
PerformCursorOpen(stmt, params, queryString, isTopLevel);
}
Restructure parsetree representation of DECLARE CURSOR: now it's a utility statement (DeclareCursorStmt) with a SELECT query dangling from it, rather than a SELECT query with a few unusual fields in it. Add code to determine whether a planned query can safely be run backwards. If DECLARE CURSOR specifies SCROLL, ensure that the plan can be run backwards by adding a Materialize plan node if it can't. Without SCROLL, you get an error if you try to fetch backwards from a cursor that can't handle it. (There is still some discussion about what the exact behavior should be, but this is necessary infrastructure in any case.) Along the way, make EXPLAIN DECLARE CURSOR work.
2003-03-10 04:53:52 +01:00
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_ClosePortalStmt:
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
{
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
ClosePortalStmt *stmt = (ClosePortalStmt *) parsetree;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Prevent indirect security attacks via changing session-local state within an allegedly immutable index function. It was previously recognized that we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session user. However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session. Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing. The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection against the SET ROLE issue. GUC changes are still allowed, since there are many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation. Other cases are handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared statement. (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.) Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2009-4136
2009-12-09 22:57:51 +01:00
CheckRestrictedOperation("CLOSE");
Restructure parsetree representation of DECLARE CURSOR: now it's a utility statement (DeclareCursorStmt) with a SELECT query dangling from it, rather than a SELECT query with a few unusual fields in it. Add code to determine whether a planned query can safely be run backwards. If DECLARE CURSOR specifies SCROLL, ensure that the plan can be run backwards by adding a Materialize plan node if it can't. Without SCROLL, you get an error if you try to fetch backwards from a cursor that can't handle it. (There is still some discussion about what the exact behavior should be, but this is necessary infrastructure in any case.) Along the way, make EXPLAIN DECLARE CURSOR work.
2003-03-10 04:53:52 +01:00
PerformPortalClose(stmt->portalname);
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
}
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_FetchStmt:
Implement SQL92-compatible FIRST, LAST, ABSOLUTE n, RELATIVE n options for FETCH and MOVE.
2003-03-11 20:40:24 +01:00
PerformPortalFetch((FetchStmt *) parsetree, dest,
completionTag);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
/*
The attached patch cleans up the implementation of the TRUNCATE command; in the current code, the authentication logic (check user, check the relation we're operating on, etc) is done in tcop/utility.c, whereas the actual TRUNCATE command in done in TruncateRelation() in commands/createinh.c (which is really just a wrapper over heap_truncate() in catalog/heap.c). This patch moves the authentication logic into TruncateRelation(), as well as making some minor code cleanups. Neil Conway
2002-03-19 03:58:20 +01:00
* relation and attribute manipulation
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
*/
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
case T_CreateSchemaStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
CreateSchemaCommand((CreateSchemaStmt *) parsetree,
queryString));
First phase of SCHEMA changes, concentrating on fixing the grammar and the parsetree representation. As yet we don't *do* anything with schema names, just drop 'em on the floor; but you can enter schema-compatible command syntax, and there's even a primitive CREATE SCHEMA command. No doc updates yet, except to note that you can now extract a field from a function-returning-row's result with (foo(...)).fieldname.
2002-03-21 17:02:16 +01:00
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_CreateStmt:
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
case T_CreateForeignTableStmt:
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
{
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
List *stmts;
ListCell *l;
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
Oid relOid;
Bugfix in ALTER TABLE CREATE TOAST TABLE Automatically create toast table at CREATE TABLE if new table has toastable attributes. Jan
2000-07-05 14:45:31 +02:00
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
if (isCompleteQuery)
EventTriggerDDLCommandStart(parsetree);
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
/* Run parse analysis ... */
stmts = transformCreateStmt((CreateStmt *) parsetree,
queryString);
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
/* ... and do it */
foreach(l, stmts)
{
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
Node *stmt = (Node *) lfirst(l);
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
if (IsA(stmt, CreateStmt))
{
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
Datum toast_options;
static char *validnsps[] = HEAP_RELOPT_NAMESPACES;
Allow reloption names to have qualifiers, initially supporting a TOAST qualifier, and add support for this in pg_dump. This allows TOAST tables to have user-defined fillfactor, and will also enable us to move the autovacuum parameters to reloptions without taking away the possibility of setting values for TOAST tables.
2009-02-02 20:31:40 +01:00
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
/* Create the table itself */
relOid = DefineRelation((CreateStmt *) stmt,
Fix failure of "ALTER TABLE t ADD COLUMN c serial" when done by non-owner. The implicitly created sequence was created as owned by the current user, who could be different from the table owner, eg if current user is a superuser or some member of the table's owning role. This caused sanity checks in the SEQUENCE OWNED BY code to spit up. Although possibly we don't need those sanity checks, the safest fix seems to be to make sure the implicit sequence is assigned the same owner role as the table has. (We still do all permissions checks as the current user, however.) Per report from Josh Berkus. Back-patch to 9.0. The bug goes back to the invention of SEQUENCE OWNED BY in 8.2, but the fix requires an API change for DefineRelation(), which seems to have potential for breaking third-party code if done in a minor release. Given the lack of prior complaints, it's probably not worth fixing in the stable branches.
2010-08-18 20:35:21 +02:00
RELKIND_RELATION,
InvalidOid);
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
/*
* Let AlterTableCreateToastTable decide if this one
* needs a secondary relation too.
*/
CommandCounterIncrement();
Allow reloption names to have qualifiers, initially supporting a TOAST qualifier, and add support for this in pg_dump. This allows TOAST tables to have user-defined fillfactor, and will also enable us to move the autovacuum parameters to reloptions without taking away the possibility of setting values for TOAST tables.
2009-02-02 20:31:40 +01:00
/* parse and validate reloptions for the toast table */
toast_options = transformRelOptions((Datum) 0,
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
((CreateStmt *) stmt)->options,
Allow reloption names to have qualifiers, initially supporting a TOAST qualifier, and add support for this in pg_dump. This allows TOAST tables to have user-defined fillfactor, and will also enable us to move the autovacuum parameters to reloptions without taking away the possibility of setting values for TOAST tables.
2009-02-02 20:31:40 +01:00
"toast",
validnsps,
true, false);
Preserve relfilenodes: Add support to pg_dump --binary-upgrade to preserve all relfilenodes, for use by pg_migrator.
2010-01-06 04:04:03 +01:00
(void) heap_reloptions(RELKIND_TOASTVALUE, toast_options,
Allow reloption names to have qualifiers, initially supporting a TOAST qualifier, and add support for this in pg_dump. This allows TOAST tables to have user-defined fillfactor, and will also enable us to move the autovacuum parameters to reloptions without taking away the possibility of setting values for TOAST tables.
2009-02-02 20:31:40 +01:00
true);
Preserve relfilenodes: Add support to pg_dump --binary-upgrade to preserve all relfilenodes, for use by pg_migrator.
2010-01-06 04:04:03 +01:00
AlterTableCreateToastTable(relOid, toast_options);
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
}
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
else if (IsA(stmt, CreateForeignTableStmt))
{
/* Create the table itself */
relOid = DefineRelation((CreateStmt *) stmt,
RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE,
InvalidOid);
Refactor broken CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS support. Per bug #5988, reported by Marko Tiikkaja, and further analyzed by Tom Lane, the previous coding was broken in several respects: even if the target table already existed, a subsequent CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS might try to add additional constraints or sequences-for-serial specified in the new CREATE TABLE statement. In passing, this also fixes a minor information leak: it's no longer possible to figure out whether a schema to which you don't have CREATE access contains a sequence named like "x_y_seq" by attempting to create a table in that schema called "x" with a serial column called "y". Some more refactoring of this code in the future might be warranted, but that will need to wait for a later major release.
2011-04-25 22:55:11 +02:00
CreateForeignTable((CreateForeignTableStmt *) stmt,
relOid);
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
}
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
else
{
/* Recurse for anything else */
ProcessUtility(stmt,
queryString,
params,
None_Receiver,
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
NULL,
PROCESS_UTILITY_GENERATED);
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
}
/* Need CCI between commands */
if (lnext(l) != NULL)
CommandCounterIncrement();
}
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
if (isCompleteQuery)
EventTriggerDDLCommandEnd(parsetree);
pg_class has a relnamespace column. You can create and access tables in schemas other than the system namespace; however, there's no search path yet, and not all operations work yet on tables outside the system namespace.
2002-03-26 20:17:02 +01:00
}
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
case T_CreateTableSpaceStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
PreventTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "CREATE TABLESPACE");
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
CreateTableSpace((CreateTableSpaceStmt *) parsetree);
break;
case T_DropTableSpaceStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
PreventTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "DROP TABLESPACE");
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
DropTableSpace((DropTableSpaceStmt *) parsetree);
break;
Support ALTER TABLESPACE name SET/RESET ( tablespace_options ). This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters, but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more. In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency, but I'm leaving that as future work for now. Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
2010-01-05 22:54:00 +01:00
case T_AlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
Support ALTER TABLESPACE name SET/RESET ( tablespace_options ). This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters, but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more. In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency, but I'm leaving that as future work for now. Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
2010-01-05 22:54:00 +01:00
AlterTableSpaceOptions((AlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt *) parsetree);
break;
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
case T_CreateExtensionStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
CreateExtension((CreateExtensionStmt *) parsetree));
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
break;
Add support for multiple versions of an extension and ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE. This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it. This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules shortly. Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
2011-02-12 03:25:20 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
ExecAlterExtensionStmt((AlterExtensionStmt *) parsetree));
Add support for multiple versions of an extension and ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE. This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it. This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules shortly. Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
2011-02-12 03:25:20 +01:00
break;
Extend "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object" to permit "DROP object" as well. Per discussion, this is something we should have sooner rather than later, and it doesn't take much additional code to support it.
2011-02-10 23:36:44 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionContentsStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
ExecAlterExtensionContentsStmt((AlterExtensionContentsStmt *) parsetree));
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
break;
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
case T_CreateFdwStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
CreateForeignDataWrapper((CreateFdwStmt *) parsetree));
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
break;
case T_AlterFdwStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
AlterForeignDataWrapper((AlterFdwStmt *) parsetree));
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
break;
case T_CreateForeignServerStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
CreateForeignServer((CreateForeignServerStmt *) parsetree));
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
break;
case T_AlterForeignServerStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
AlterForeignServer((AlterForeignServerStmt *) parsetree));
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
break;
case T_CreateUserMappingStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
CreateUserMapping((CreateUserMappingStmt *) parsetree));
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
break;
case T_AlterUserMappingStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
AlterUserMapping((AlterUserMappingStmt *) parsetree));
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
break;
case T_DropUserMappingStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
RemoveUserMapping((DropUserMappingStmt *) parsetree));
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
break;
Rename several destroy* functions/tags to drop*.
1999-12-10 04:56:14 +01:00
case T_DropStmt:
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
{
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
DropStmt *stmt = (DropStmt *) parsetree;
if (isCompleteQuery
&& EventTriggerSupportsObjectType(stmt->removeType))
EventTriggerDDLCommandStart(parsetree);
switch (stmt->removeType)
{
case OBJECT_INDEX:
if (stmt->concurrent)
PreventTransactionChain(isTopLevel,
"DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY");
/* fall through */
case OBJECT_TABLE:
case OBJECT_SEQUENCE:
case OBJECT_VIEW:
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE:
RemoveRelations((DropStmt *) parsetree);
break;
default:
RemoveObjects((DropStmt *) parsetree);
break;
}
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
if (isCompleteQuery
&& EventTriggerSupportsObjectType(stmt->removeType))
EventTriggerDDLCommandEnd(parsetree);
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
}
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
Hmm, guess I forgot to commit this file the other day ... just some cosmetic changes now, Vadim already fixed the heap_xxx calls.
1999-09-30 03:12:36 +02:00
case T_TruncateStmt:
Add CASCADE option to TRUNCATE. Joachim Wieland
2006-03-03 04:30:54 +01:00
ExecuteTruncate((TruncateStmt *) parsetree);
Add TRUNCATE command, with psql help and sgml additions.
1999-09-23 19:03:39 +02:00
break;
Ye-old pgindent run. Same 4-space tabs.
2000-04-12 19:17:23 +02:00
case T_CommentStmt:
Functions live in namespaces. Qualified function names work, eg SELECT schema1.func2(...). Aggregate names can be qualified at the syntactic level, but the qualification is ignored for the moment.
2002-04-09 22:35:55 +02:00
CommentObject((CommentStmt *) parsetree);
Ye-old pgindent run. Same 4-space tabs.
2000-04-12 19:17:23 +02:00
break;
Add a SECURITY LABEL command. This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it. KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-28 02:55:27 +02:00
case T_SecLabelStmt:
ExecSecLabelStmt((SecLabelStmt *) parsetree);
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_CopyStmt:
Make the COPY command return a command tag that includes the number of rows copied. Backend side of Volkan Yazici's recent patch, with corrections and documentation.
2006-03-03 20:54:10 +01:00
{
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
uint64 processed;
Make the COPY command return a command tag that includes the number of rows copied. Backend side of Volkan Yazici's recent patch, with corrections and documentation.
2006-03-03 20:54:10 +01:00
Adjust more backend functions to return OID rather than void. This is again intended to support extensions to the event trigger functionality. This may go a bit further than we need for that purpose, but there's some value in being consistent, and the OID may be useful for other purposes also. Dimitri Fontaine
2012-12-29 13:55:37 +01:00
DoCopy((CopyStmt *) parsetree, queryString, &processed);
Make the COPY command return a command tag that includes the number of rows copied. Backend side of Volkan Yazici's recent patch, with corrections and documentation.
2006-03-03 20:54:10 +01:00
if (completionTag)
snprintf(completionTag, COMPLETION_TAG_BUFSIZE,
"COPY " UINT64_FORMAT, processed);
}
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
case T_PrepareStmt:
Prevent indirect security attacks via changing session-local state within an allegedly immutable index function. It was previously recognized that we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session user. However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session. Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing. The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection against the SET ROLE issue. GUC changes are still allowed, since there are many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation. Other cases are handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared statement. (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.) Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2009-4136
2009-12-09 22:57:51 +01:00
CheckRestrictedOperation("PREPARE");
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
PrepareQuery((PrepareStmt *) parsetree, queryString);
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
break;
case T_ExecuteStmt:
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
ExecuteQuery((ExecuteStmt *) parsetree, NULL,
queryString, params,
Fix EXPLAIN and EXECUTE commands to pass portal parameters through to the executor. This allows, for example, JDBC clients to use '?' bound parameters in these commands. Per gripe from Virag Saksena.
2005-11-29 02:25:50 +01:00
dest, completionTag);
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
break;
case T_DeallocateStmt:
Prevent indirect security attacks via changing session-local state within an allegedly immutable index function. It was previously recognized that we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session user. However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session. Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing. The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection against the SET ROLE issue. GUC changes are still allowed, since there are many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation. Other cases are handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared statement. (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.) Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2009-4136
2009-12-09 22:57:51 +01:00
CheckRestrictedOperation("DEALLOCATE");
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
DeallocateQuery((DeallocateStmt *) parsetree);
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
/*
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
* schema
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
*/
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_RenameStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
{
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
RenameStmt *stmt = (RenameStmt *) parsetree;
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggersIfSupported(parsetree,
ExecRenameStmt(stmt),
stmt->renameType);
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
break;
}
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
case T_AlterObjectSchemaStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
{
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
AlterObjectSchemaStmt *stmt = (AlterObjectSchemaStmt *) parsetree;
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggersIfSupported(parsetree,
ExecAlterObjectSchemaStmt(stmt),
stmt->objectType);
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
break;
}
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
case T_AlterOwnerStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
{
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
AlterOwnerStmt *stmt = (AlterOwnerStmt *) parsetree;
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggersIfSupported(parsetree,
ExecAlterOwnerStmt(stmt),
stmt->objectType);
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
break;
}
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
Included all yacc and lex files into the distribution.
2000-01-16 21:05:00 +01:00
case T_AlterTableStmt:
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
{
Improve behavior of concurrent ALTER TABLE, and do some refactoring. ALTER TABLE (and ALTER VIEW, ALTER SEQUENCE, etc.) now use a RangeVarGetRelid callback to check permissions before acquiring a table lock. We also now use the same callback for all forms of ALTER TABLE, rather than having separate, almost-identical callbacks for ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA and ALTER TABLE .. RENAME, and no callback at all for everything else. I went ahead and changed the code so that no form of ALTER TABLE works on foreign tables; you must use ALTER FOREIGN TABLE instead. In 9.1, it was possible to use ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA or ALTER TABLE .. RENAME on a foreign table, but not any other form of ALTER TABLE, which did not seem terribly useful or consistent. Patch by me; review by Noah Misch.
2012-01-07 04:42:26 +01:00
AlterTableStmt *atstmt = (AlterTableStmt *) parsetree;
Oid relid;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
List *stmts;
ListCell *l;
Improve behavior of concurrent ALTER TABLE, and do some refactoring. ALTER TABLE (and ALTER VIEW, ALTER SEQUENCE, etc.) now use a RangeVarGetRelid callback to check permissions before acquiring a table lock. We also now use the same callback for all forms of ALTER TABLE, rather than having separate, almost-identical callbacks for ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA and ALTER TABLE .. RENAME, and no callback at all for everything else. I went ahead and changed the code so that no form of ALTER TABLE works on foreign tables; you must use ALTER FOREIGN TABLE instead. In 9.1, it was possible to use ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA or ALTER TABLE .. RENAME on a foreign table, but not any other form of ALTER TABLE, which did not seem terribly useful or consistent. Patch by me; review by Noah Misch.
2012-01-07 04:42:26 +01:00
LOCKMODE lockmode;
Remove some useless trailing whitespace Michael Paquier
2012-09-04 09:17:14 +02:00
if (isCompleteQuery)
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
EventTriggerDDLCommandStart(parsetree);
Improve behavior of concurrent ALTER TABLE, and do some refactoring. ALTER TABLE (and ALTER VIEW, ALTER SEQUENCE, etc.) now use a RangeVarGetRelid callback to check permissions before acquiring a table lock. We also now use the same callback for all forms of ALTER TABLE, rather than having separate, almost-identical callbacks for ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA and ALTER TABLE .. RENAME, and no callback at all for everything else. I went ahead and changed the code so that no form of ALTER TABLE works on foreign tables; you must use ALTER FOREIGN TABLE instead. In 9.1, it was possible to use ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA or ALTER TABLE .. RENAME on a foreign table, but not any other form of ALTER TABLE, which did not seem terribly useful or consistent. Patch by me; review by Noah Misch.
2012-01-07 04:42:26 +01:00
/*
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
* Figure out lock mode, and acquire lock. This also does
Improve behavior of concurrent ALTER TABLE, and do some refactoring. ALTER TABLE (and ALTER VIEW, ALTER SEQUENCE, etc.) now use a RangeVarGetRelid callback to check permissions before acquiring a table lock. We also now use the same callback for all forms of ALTER TABLE, rather than having separate, almost-identical callbacks for ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA and ALTER TABLE .. RENAME, and no callback at all for everything else. I went ahead and changed the code so that no form of ALTER TABLE works on foreign tables; you must use ALTER FOREIGN TABLE instead. In 9.1, it was possible to use ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA or ALTER TABLE .. RENAME on a foreign table, but not any other form of ALTER TABLE, which did not seem terribly useful or consistent. Patch by me; review by Noah Misch.
2012-01-07 04:42:26 +01:00
* basic permissions checks, so that we won't wait for a lock
* on (for example) a relation on which we have no
* permissions.
*/
lockmode = AlterTableGetLockLevel(atstmt->cmds);
relid = AlterTableLookupRelation(atstmt, lockmode);
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
if (OidIsValid(relid))
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
{
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
/* Run parse analysis ... */
stmts = transformAlterTableStmt(atstmt, queryString);
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
/* ... and do it */
foreach(l, stmts)
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
{
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
Node *stmt = (Node *) lfirst(l);
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
if (IsA(stmt, AlterTableStmt))
{
/* Do the table alteration proper */
AlterTable(relid, lockmode, (AlterTableStmt *) stmt);
}
else
{
/* Recurse for anything else */
ProcessUtility(stmt,
queryString,
params,
None_Receiver,
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
NULL,
PROCESS_UTILITY_GENERATED);
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
}
/* Need CCI between commands */
if (lnext(l) != NULL)
CommandCounterIncrement();
}
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
}
ALTER <thing> [IF EXISTS] ... allows silent DDL if required, e.g. ALTER FOREIGN TABLE IF EXISTS foo RENAME TO bar Pavel Stehule
2012-01-24 00:25:04 +01:00
else
ereport(NOTICE,
Run pgindent on 9.2 source tree in preparation for first 9.3 commit-fest.
2012-06-10 21:20:04 +02:00
(errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
atstmt->relation->relname)));
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
}
Ye-old pgindent run. Same 4-space tabs.
2000-04-12 19:17:23 +02:00
break;
Included all yacc and lex files into the distribution.
2000-01-16 21:05:00 +01:00
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
case T_AlterDomainStmt:
{
AlterDomainStmt *stmt = (AlterDomainStmt *) parsetree;
Remove some useless trailing whitespace Michael Paquier
2012-09-04 09:17:14 +02:00
if (isCompleteQuery)
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
EventTriggerDDLCommandStart(parsetree);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
* Some or all of these functions are recursive to cover
* inherited things, so permission checks are done there.
*/
switch (stmt->subtype)
{
Some "feature not supported" errors are better syntax errors, because the feature they complain about isn't a feature or cannot be implemented without definitional changes.
2003-09-10 01:22:21 +02:00
case 'T': /* ALTER DOMAIN DEFAULT */
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
/*
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* Recursively alter column default for table and, if
* requested, for descendants
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
*/
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
AlterDomainDefault(stmt->typeName,
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
stmt->def);
break;
Some "feature not supported" errors are better syntax errors, because the feature they complain about isn't a feature or cannot be implemented without definitional changes.
2003-09-10 01:22:21 +02:00
case 'N': /* ALTER DOMAIN DROP NOT NULL */
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
AlterDomainNotNull(stmt->typeName,
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
false);
break;
Some "feature not supported" errors are better syntax errors, because the feature they complain about isn't a feature or cannot be implemented without definitional changes.
2003-09-10 01:22:21 +02:00
case 'O': /* ALTER DOMAIN SET NOT NULL */
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
AlterDomainNotNull(stmt->typeName,
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
true);
break;
case 'C': /* ADD CONSTRAINT */
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
AlterDomainAddConstraint(stmt->typeName,
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
stmt->def);
break;
case 'X': /* DROP CONSTRAINT */
Make backend header files C++ safe This alters various incidental uses of C++ key words to use other similar identifiers, so that a C++ compiler won't choke outright. You still (probably) need extern "C" { }; around the inclusion of backend headers. based on a patch by Kurt Harriman <harriman@acm.org> Also add a script cpluspluscheck to check for C++ compatibility in the future. As of right now, this passes without error for me.
2009-07-16 08:33:46 +02:00
AlterDomainDropConstraint(stmt->typeName,
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
stmt->name,
Improve ALTER DOMAIN / DROP CONSTRAINT with nonexistent constraint ALTER DOMAIN / DROP CONSTRAINT on a nonexistent constraint name did not report any error. Now it reports an error. The IF EXISTS option was added to get the usual behavior of ignoring nonexistent objects to drop.
2012-01-05 18:48:55 +01:00
stmt->behavior,
stmt->missing_ok);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
break;
Enable CHECK constraints to be declared NOT VALID This means that they can initially be added to a large existing table without checking its initial contents, but new tuples must comply to them; a separate pass invoked by ALTER TABLE / VALIDATE can verify existing data and ensure it complies with the constraint, at which point it is marked validated and becomes a normal part of the table ecosystem. An non-validated CHECK constraint is ignored in the planner for constraint_exclusion purposes; when validated, cached plans are recomputed so that partitioning starts working right away. This patch also enables domains to have unvalidated CHECK constraints attached to them as well by way of ALTER DOMAIN / ADD CONSTRAINT / NOT VALID, which can later be validated with ALTER DOMAIN / VALIDATE CONSTRAINT. Thanks to Thom Brown, Dean Rasheed and Jaime Casanova for the various reviews, and Robert Hass for documentation wording improvement suggestions. This patch was sponsored by Enova Financial.
2011-06-02 00:43:50 +02:00
case 'V': /* VALIDATE CONSTRAINT */
AlterDomainValidateConstraint(stmt->typeName,
stmt->name);
break;
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
default: /* oops */
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter domain type: %d",
(int) stmt->subtype);
Re-addd Rod's ALTER DOMAIN patch.
2002-12-06 06:00:34 +01:00
break;
}
}
break;
Allow GRANT/REVOKE to/from more than one user per invocation. Command tag for GRANT/REVOKE is now just that, not "CHANGE". On the way, migrate some of the aclitem internal representation away from the parser and build a real parse tree instead. Also add some 'const' qualifiers.
2001-06-10 01:21:55 +02:00
case T_GrantStmt:
PREPARE/EXECUTE statements. Patch by Neil Conway, some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2002-08-27 06:55:12 +02:00
ExecuteGrantStmt((GrantStmt *) parsetree);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_GrantRoleStmt:
GrantRole((GrantRoleStmt *) parsetree);
break;
Create an ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command, which allows users to adjust the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects. Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects created in particular schemas too. A notable benefit is that users can override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE privilege traditionally granted by default for functions. Petr Jelinek
2009-10-05 21:24:49 +02:00
case T_AlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
ExecAlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt((AlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt *) parsetree));
Create an ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command, which allows users to adjust the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects. Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects created in particular schemas too. A notable benefit is that users can override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE privilege traditionally granted by default for functions. Petr Jelinek
2009-10-05 21:24:49 +02:00
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
/*
Support the syntax CREATE AGGREGATE aggname (input_type) (parameter_list) along with the old syntax where the input type was named in the parameter list. This fits more naturally with the way that the aggregate is identified in DROP AGGREGATE and other utility commands; furthermore it has a natural extension to handle multiple-input aggregates, where the basetype-parameter method would get ugly. In fact, this commit fixes the grammar and all the utility commands to support multiple-input aggregates; but DefineAggregate rejects it because the executor isn't fixed yet. I didn't do anything about treating agg(*) as a zero-input aggregate instead of artificially making it a one-input aggregate, but that should be considered in combination with supporting multi-input aggregates.
2006-04-15 19:45:46 +02:00
* **************** object creation / destruction *****************
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
*/
case T_DefineStmt:
{
DefineStmt *stmt = (DefineStmt *) parsetree;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Remove some useless trailing whitespace Michael Paquier
2012-09-04 09:17:14 +02:00
if (isCompleteQuery)
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
EventTriggerDDLCommandStart(parsetree);
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
switch (stmt->kind)
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
{
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_AGGREGATE:
Support the syntax CREATE AGGREGATE aggname (input_type) (parameter_list) along with the old syntax where the input type was named in the parameter list. This fits more naturally with the way that the aggregate is identified in DROP AGGREGATE and other utility commands; furthermore it has a natural extension to handle multiple-input aggregates, where the basetype-parameter method would get ugly. In fact, this commit fixes the grammar and all the utility commands to support multiple-input aggregates; but DefineAggregate rejects it because the executor isn't fixed yet. I didn't do anything about treating agg(*) as a zero-input aggregate instead of artificially making it a one-input aggregate, but that should be considered in combination with supporting multi-input aggregates.
2006-04-15 19:45:46 +02:00
DefineAggregate(stmt->defnames, stmt->args,
stmt->oldstyle, stmt->definition);
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_OPERATOR:
Support the syntax CREATE AGGREGATE aggname (input_type) (parameter_list) along with the old syntax where the input type was named in the parameter list. This fits more naturally with the way that the aggregate is identified in DROP AGGREGATE and other utility commands; furthermore it has a natural extension to handle multiple-input aggregates, where the basetype-parameter method would get ugly. In fact, this commit fixes the grammar and all the utility commands to support multiple-input aggregates; but DefineAggregate rejects it because the executor isn't fixed yet. I didn't do anything about treating agg(*) as a zero-input aggregate instead of artificially making it a one-input aggregate, but that should be considered in combination with supporting multi-input aggregates.
2006-04-15 19:45:46 +02:00
Assert(stmt->args == NIL);
pg_type has a typnamespace column; system now supports creating types in different namespaces. Also, cleanup work on relation namespace support: drop, alter, rename commands work for tables in non-default namespaces.
2002-03-29 20:06:29 +01:00
DefineOperator(stmt->defnames, stmt->definition);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_TYPE:
Support the syntax CREATE AGGREGATE aggname (input_type) (parameter_list) along with the old syntax where the input type was named in the parameter list. This fits more naturally with the way that the aggregate is identified in DROP AGGREGATE and other utility commands; furthermore it has a natural extension to handle multiple-input aggregates, where the basetype-parameter method would get ugly. In fact, this commit fixes the grammar and all the utility commands to support multiple-input aggregates; but DefineAggregate rejects it because the executor isn't fixed yet. I didn't do anything about treating agg(*) as a zero-input aggregate instead of artificially making it a one-input aggregate, but that should be considered in combination with supporting multi-input aggregates.
2006-04-15 19:45:46 +02:00
Assert(stmt->args == NIL);
pg_type has a typnamespace column; system now supports creating types in different namespaces. Also, cleanup work on relation namespace support: drop, alter, rename commands work for tables in non-default namespaces.
2002-03-29 20:06:29 +01:00
DefineType(stmt->defnames, stmt->definition);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing, so anything that's broken is probably my fault. Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 03:11:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_TSPARSER:
Assert(stmt->args == NIL);
DefineTSParser(stmt->defnames, stmt->definition);
break;
case OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY:
Assert(stmt->args == NIL);
DefineTSDictionary(stmt->defnames, stmt->definition);
break;
case OBJECT_TSTEMPLATE:
Assert(stmt->args == NIL);
DefineTSTemplate(stmt->defnames, stmt->definition);
break;
case OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION:
Assert(stmt->args == NIL);
DefineTSConfiguration(stmt->defnames, stmt->definition);
break;
DDL support for collations - collowner field - CREATE COLLATION - ALTER COLLATION - DROP COLLATION - COMMENT ON COLLATION - integration with extensions - pg_dump support for the above - dependency management - psql tab completion - psql \dO command
2011-02-12 14:54:13 +01:00
case OBJECT_COLLATION:
Assert(stmt->args == NIL);
DefineCollation(stmt->defnames, stmt->definition);
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
default:
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized define stmt type: %d",
(int) stmt->kind);
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
}
}
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
case T_CompositeTypeStmt: /* CREATE TYPE (composite) */
{
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
CompositeTypeStmt *stmt = (CompositeTypeStmt *) parsetree;
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
DefineCompositeType(stmt->typevar, stmt->coldeflist));
Tom Lane wrote: > There's no longer a separate call to heap_storage_create in that routine > --- the right place to make the test is now in the storage_create > boolean parameter being passed to heap_create. A simple change, but > it passeth patch's understanding ... Thanks. Attached is a patch against cvs tip as of 8:30 PM PST or so. Turned out that even after fixing the failed hunks, there was a new spot in bufmgr.c which needed to be fixed (related to temp relations; RelationUpdateNumberOfBlocks). But thankfully the regression test code caught it :-) Joe Conway
2002-08-15 18:36:08 +02:00
}
break;
Further code review for range types patch. Fix some bugs in coercion logic and pg_dump; more comment cleanup; minor cosmetic improvements.
2011-11-21 05:50:27 +01:00
case T_CreateEnumStmt: /* CREATE TYPE AS ENUM */
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
DefineEnum((CreateEnumStmt *) parsetree));
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
break;
Further code review for range types patch. Fix some bugs in coercion logic and pg_dump; more comment cleanup; minor cosmetic improvements.
2011-11-21 05:50:27 +01:00
case T_CreateRangeStmt: /* CREATE TYPE AS RANGE */
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
DefineRange((CreateRangeStmt *) parsetree));
Support range data types. Selectivity estimation functions are missing for some range type operators, which is a TODO. Jeff Davis
2011-11-03 12:16:28 +01:00
break;
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
case T_AlterEnumStmt: /* ALTER TYPE (enum) */
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
AlterEnum((AlterEnumStmt *) parsetree, isTopLevel));
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
break;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
case T_ViewStmt: /* CREATE VIEW */
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
DefineView((ViewStmt *) parsetree, queryString));
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
pgindent run.
2002-09-04 22:31:48 +02:00
case T_CreateFunctionStmt: /* CREATE FUNCTION */
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
CreateFunction((CreateFunctionStmt *) parsetree, queryString));
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
case T_AlterFunctionStmt: /* ALTER FUNCTION */
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
AlterFunction((AlterFunctionStmt *) parsetree));
Allow ALTER FUNCTION to change a function's strictness, volatility, and whether or not it is a security definer. Changing a function's strictness is required by SQL2003, and the other capabilities make sense. Also, allow an optional RESTRICT noise word to be specified, for SQL conformance. Some trivial regression tests added and the documentation has been updated.
2005-03-14 01:19:37 +01:00
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_IndexStmt: /* CREATE INDEX */
{
IndexStmt *stmt = (IndexStmt *) parsetree;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Remove some useless trailing whitespace Michael Paquier
2012-09-04 09:17:14 +02:00
if (isCompleteQuery)
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
EventTriggerDDLCommandStart(parsetree);
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
if (stmt->concurrent)
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
PreventTransactionChain(isTopLevel,
"CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY");
Add the ability to create indexes 'concurrently', that is, without blocking concurrent writes to the table. Greg Stark, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-25 06:06:58 +02:00
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
CheckRelationOwnership(stmt->relation, true);
Require ownership permission for CREATE INDEX, per bug report. Disallow CREATE INDEX on system catalogs, non-tables (views, sequences, etc). Disallow CREATE/DROP TRIGGER on system catalogs, non-tables. Disallow ALTER TABLE ADD/DROP CONSTRAINT on system catalogs. Disallow FOREIGN KEY reference to non-table. None of these things can actually work in the present system structure, but the code was letting them pass without complaint.
2002-01-04 00:21:32 +01:00
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
/* Run parse analysis ... */
Separate parse-analysis for utility commands out of parser/analyze.c (which now deals only in optimizable statements), and put that code into a new file parser/parse_utilcmd.c. This helps clarify and enforce the design rule that utility statements shouldn't be processed during the regular parse analysis phase; all interpretation of their meaning should happen after they are given to ProcessUtility to execute. (We need this because we don't retain any locks for a utility statement that's in a plan cache, nor have any way to detect that it's stale.) We are also able to simplify the API for parse_analyze() and related routines, because they will now always return exactly one Query structure. In passing, fix bug #3403 concerning trying to add a serial column to an existing temp table (this is largely Heikki's work, but we needed all that restructuring to make it safe).
2007-06-24 00:12:52 +02:00
stmt = transformIndexStmt(stmt, queryString);
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
/* ... and do it */
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
DefineIndex(stmt,
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
InvalidOid, /* no predefined OID */
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
false, /* is_alter_table */
true, /* check_rights */
false, /* skip_build */
Avoid pre-determining index names during CREATE TABLE LIKE parsing. Formerly, when trying to copy both indexes and comments, CREATE TABLE LIKE had to pre-assign names to indexes that had comments, because it made up an explicit CommentStmt command to apply the comment and so it had to know the name for the index. This creates bad interactions with other indexes, as shown in bug #6734 from Daniele Varrazzo: the preassignment logic couldn't take any other indexes into account so it could choose a conflicting name. To fix, add a field to IndexStmt that allows it to carry a comment to be assigned to the new index. (This isn't a user-exposed feature of CREATE INDEX, only an internal option.) Now we don't need preassignment of index names in any situation. I also took the opportunity to refactor DefineIndex to accept the IndexStmt as such, rather than passing all its fields individually in a mile-long parameter list. Back-patch to 9.2, but no further, because it seems too dangerous to change IndexStmt or DefineIndex's API in released branches. The bug exists back to 9.0 where CREATE TABLE LIKE grew the ability to copy comments, but given the lack of prior complaints we'll just let it go unfixed before 9.2.
2012-07-16 19:25:18 +02:00
false); /* quiet */
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
}
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_RuleStmt: /* CREATE RULE */
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
DefineRule((RuleStmt *) parsetree, queryString));
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
case T_CreateSeqStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
DefineSequence((CreateSeqStmt *) parsetree));
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Todo items: Add ALTER SEQUENCE to modify min/max/increment/cache/cycle values Also updated create sequence docs to mention NO MINVALUE, & NO MAXVALUE. New Files: doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml src/test/regress/expected/sequence.out src/test/regress/sql/sequence.sql ALTER SEQUENCE is NOT transactional. It behaves similarly to setval(). It matches the proposed SQL200N spec, as well as Oracle in most ways -- Oracle lacks RESTART WITH for some strange reason. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-03-20 08:02:11 +01:00
case T_AlterSeqStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
AlterSequence((AlterSeqStmt *) parsetree));
Todo items: Add ALTER SEQUENCE to modify min/max/increment/cache/cycle values Also updated create sequence docs to mention NO MINVALUE, & NO MAXVALUE. New Files: doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_sequence.sgml src/test/regress/expected/sequence.out src/test/regress/sql/sequence.sql ALTER SEQUENCE is NOT transactional. It behaves similarly to setval(). It matches the proposed SQL200N spec, as well as Oracle in most ways -- Oracle lacks RESTART WITH for some strange reason. -- Rod Taylor <rbt@rbt.ca>
2003-03-20 08:02:11 +01:00
break;
Implement the DO statement to support execution of PL code without having to create a function for it. Procedural languages now have an additional entry point, namely a function to execute an inline code block. This seemed a better design than trying to hide the transient-ness of the code from the PL. As of this patch, only plpgsql has an inline handler, but probably people will soon write handlers for the other standard PLs. In passing, remove the long-dead LANCOMPILER option of CREATE LANGUAGE. Petr Jelinek
2009-09-23 01:43:43 +02:00
case T_DoStmt:
ExecuteDoStmt((DoStmt *) parsetree);
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_CreatedbStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
PreventTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "CREATE DATABASE");
First phase of applying Rod Taylor's pg_depend patch. This just adds RESTRICT/CASCADE syntax to the DROP commands that need it, and propagates the behavioral option through the parser to the routines that execute drops. Doesn't do anything useful yet, but I figured I'd commit these changes so I could get out of the parser area while working on the rest.
2002-07-01 17:27:56 +02:00
createdb((CreatedbStmt *) parsetree);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Add per-user and per-database connection limit options. This patch also includes preliminary update of pg_dumpall for roles. Petr Jelinek, with review by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-07-31 19:19:22 +02:00
case T_AlterDatabaseStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
Implement ALTER DATABASE SET TABLESPACE to move a whole database (or at least as much of it as lives in its default tablespace) to a new tablespace. Guillaume Lelarge, with some help from Bernd Helmle and Tom Lane
2008-11-07 19:25:07 +01:00
AlterDatabase((AlterDatabaseStmt *) parsetree, isTopLevel);
Add per-user and per-database connection limit options. This patch also includes preliminary update of pg_dumpall for roles. Petr Jelinek, with review by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-07-31 19:19:22 +02:00
break;
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
case T_AlterDatabaseSetStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
First phase of applying Rod Taylor's pg_depend patch. This just adds RESTRICT/CASCADE syntax to the DROP commands that need it, and propagates the behavioral option through the parser to the routines that execute drops. Doesn't do anything useful yet, but I figured I'd commit these changes so I could get out of the parser area while working on the rest.
2002-07-01 17:27:56 +02:00
AlterDatabaseSet((AlterDatabaseSetStmt *) parsetree);
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
break;
Rename several destroy* functions/tags to drop*.
1999-12-10 04:56:14 +01:00
case T_DropdbStmt:
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
{
Rename several destroy* functions/tags to drop*.
1999-12-10 04:56:14 +01:00
DropdbStmt *stmt = (DropdbStmt *) parsetree;
From: "Martin J. Laubach" <mjl@CSlab.tuwien.ac.at> Subject: [HACKERS] Patch: SET var TO 'val' Here is a patch that adds a "SET variable TO 'somevalue'" capability to the parser, and then calls the SetPGVariable() function (which does just issue a elog(NOTICE) to see whether it works). That's the framework for adding timezone/date format/language/... stuff.
1997-04-02 20:24:52 +02:00
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
PreventTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "DROP DATABASE");
DROP DATABASE IF EXISTS variant
2005-11-22 16:24:18 +01:00
dropdb(stmt->dbname, stmt->missing_ok);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
}
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
/* Query-level asynchronous notification */
case T_NotifyStmt:
{
NotifyStmt *stmt = (NotifyStmt *) parsetree;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
PreventCommandDuringRecovery("NOTIFY");
Replace the pg_listener-based LISTEN/NOTIFY mechanism with an in-memory queue. In addition, add support for a "payload" string to be passed along with each notify event. This implementation should be significantly more efficient than the old one, and is also more compatible with Hot Standby usage. There is not yet any facility for HS slaves to receive notifications generated on the master, although such a thing is possible in future. Joachim Wieland, reviewed by Jeff Davis; also hacked on by me.
2010-02-16 23:34:57 +01:00
Async_Notify(stmt->conditionname, stmt->payload);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
}
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_ListenStmt:
{
ListenStmt *stmt = (ListenStmt *) parsetree;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
PreventCommandDuringRecovery("LISTEN");
Prevent indirect security attacks via changing session-local state within an allegedly immutable index function. It was previously recognized that we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session user. However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session. Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing. The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection against the SET ROLE issue. GUC changes are still allowed, since there are many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation. Other cases are handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared statement. (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.) Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2009-4136
2009-12-09 22:57:51 +01:00
CheckRestrictedOperation("LISTEN");
Add a bunch of new error location reports to parse-analysis error messages. There are still some weak spots around JOIN USING and relation alias lists, but most errors reported within backend/parser/ now have locations.
2008-09-01 22:42:46 +02:00
Async_Listen(stmt->conditionname);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
}
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
From: Massimo Dal Zotto <dz@cs.unitn.it> > these patches define the UNLISTEN sql command. The code already > existed but it was unknown to the parser. Now it can be used > like the listen command. > You must make clean and delete gram.c and parser.h before make.
1998-08-25 23:37:08 +02:00
case T_UnlistenStmt:
{
UnlistenStmt *stmt = (UnlistenStmt *) parsetree;
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
PreventCommandDuringRecovery("UNLISTEN");
Prevent indirect security attacks via changing session-local state within an allegedly immutable index function. It was previously recognized that we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session user. However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session. Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing. The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection against the SET ROLE issue. GUC changes are still allowed, since there are many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation. Other cases are handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared statement. (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.) Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2009-4136
2009-12-09 22:57:51 +01:00
CheckRestrictedOperation("UNLISTEN");
Add a bunch of new error location reports to parse-analysis error messages. There are still some weak spots around JOIN USING and relation alias lists, but most errors reported within backend/parser/ now have locations.
2008-09-01 22:42:46 +02:00
if (stmt->conditionname)
Async_Unlisten(stmt->conditionname);
Fix the raw-parsetree representation of star (as in SELECT * FROM or SELECT foo.*) so that it cannot be confused with a quoted identifier "*". Instead create a separate node type A_Star to represent this notation. Per pgsql-hackers discussion of 2007-Sep-27.
2008-08-30 03:39:14 +02:00
else
Async_UnlistenAll();
From: Massimo Dal Zotto <dz@cs.unitn.it> > these patches define the UNLISTEN sql command. The code already > existed but it was unknown to the parser. Now it can be used > like the listen command. > You must make clean and delete gram.c and parser.h before make.
1998-08-25 23:37:08 +02:00
}
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_LoadStmt:
{
LoadStmt *stmt = (LoadStmt *) parsetree;
pgindent run over code.
1999-05-25 18:15:34 +02:00
closeAllVfds(); /* probably not necessary... */
Add server support for "plugin" libraries that can be used for add-on tasks such as debugging and performance measurement. This consists of two features: a table of "rendezvous variables" that allows separately-loaded shared libraries to communicate, and a new GUC setting "local_preload_libraries" that allows libraries to be loaded into specific sessions without explicit cooperation from the client application. To make local_preload_libraries as flexible as possible, we do not restrict its use to superusers; instead, it is restricted to load only libraries stored in $libdir/plugins/. The existing LOAD command has also been modified to allow non-superusers to LOAD libraries stored in this directory. This patch also renames the existing GUC variable preload_libraries to shared_preload_libraries (after a suggestion by Simon Riggs) and does some code refactoring in dfmgr.c to improve clarity. Korry Douglas, with a little help from Tom Lane.
2006-08-15 20:26:59 +02:00
/* Allowed names are restricted if you're not superuser */
load_file(stmt->filename, !superuser());
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
}
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_ClusterStmt:
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
/* we choose to allow this during "read only" transactions */
PreventCommandDuringRecovery("CLUSTER");
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
cluster((ClusterStmt *) parsetree, isTopLevel);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
case T_VacuumStmt:
Say ANALYZE, not VACUUM, in error message on analyze in hot standby. Tomonaru Katsumata
2012-10-08 13:17:27 +02:00
{
VacuumStmt *stmt = (VacuumStmt *) parsetree;
/* we choose to allow this during "read only" transactions */
PreventCommandDuringRecovery((stmt->options & VACOPT_VACUUM) ?
"VACUUM" : "ANALYZE");
vacuum(stmt, InvalidOid, true, NULL, false, isTopLevel);
}
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
case T_ExplainStmt:
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
ExplainQuery((ExplainStmt *) parsetree, queryString, params, dest);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Massive commit to run PGINDENT on all *.c and *.h files.
1997-09-07 07:04:48 +02:00
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
case T_CreateTableAsStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
ExecCreateTableAs((CreateTableAsStmt *) parsetree,
queryString, params, completionTag));
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
break;
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case T_RefreshMatViewStmt:
if (isCompleteQuery)
EventTriggerDDLCommandStart(parsetree);
ExecRefreshMatView((RefreshMatViewStmt *) parsetree,
queryString, params, completionTag);
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_VariableSetStmt:
Support SET FROM CURRENT in CREATE/ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER DATABASE, ALTER ROLE. (Actually, it works as a plain statement too, but I didn't document that because it seems a bit useless.) Unify VariableResetStmt with VariableSetStmt, and clean up some ancient cruft in the representation of same.
2007-09-03 20:46:30 +02:00
ExecSetVariableStmt((VariableSetStmt *) parsetree);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
case T_VariableShowStmt:
{
VariableShowStmt *n = (VariableShowStmt *) parsetree;
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
GetPGVariable(n->name, dest);
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
}
break;
Rename the newly-added commands for discarding session state. RESET SESSION, RESET PLANS, and RESET TEMP are now DISCARD ALL, DISCARD PLANS, and DISCARD TEMP, respectively. This is to avoid confusion with the pre-existing RESET variants: the DISCARD commands are not actually similar to RESET. Patch from Marko Kreen, with some minor editorialization.
2007-04-26 18:13:15 +02:00
case T_DiscardStmt:
Prevent indirect security attacks via changing session-local state within an allegedly immutable index function. It was previously recognized that we had to prevent such a function from executing SET/RESET ROLE/SESSION AUTHORIZATION, or it could trivially obtain the privileges of the session user. However, since there is in general no privilege checking for changes of session-local state, it is also possible for such a function to change settings in a way that might subvert later operations in the same session. Examples include changing search_path to cause an unexpected function to be called, or replacing an existing prepared statement with another one that will execute a function of the attacker's choosing. The present patch secures VACUUM, ANALYZE, and CREATE INDEX/REINDEX against these threats, which are the same places previously deemed to need protection against the SET ROLE issue. GUC changes are still allowed, since there are many useful cases for that, but we prevent security problems by forcing a rollback of any GUC change after completing the operation. Other cases are handled by throwing an error if any change is attempted; these include temp table creation, closing a cursor, and creating or deleting a prepared statement. (In 7.4, the infrastructure to roll back GUC changes doesn't exist, so we settle for rejecting changes of "search_path" in these contexts.) Original report and patch by Gurjeet Singh, additional analysis by Tom Lane. Security: CVE-2009-4136
2009-12-09 22:57:51 +01:00
/* should we allow DISCARD PLANS? */
CheckRestrictedOperation("DISCARD");
Rename the newly-added commands for discarding session state. RESET SESSION, RESET PLANS, and RESET TEMP are now DISCARD ALL, DISCARD PLANS, and DISCARD TEMP, respectively. This is to avoid confusion with the pre-existing RESET variants: the DISCARD commands are not actually similar to RESET. Patch from Marko Kreen, with some minor editorialization.
2007-04-26 18:13:15 +02:00
DiscardCommand((DiscardStmt *) parsetree, isTopLevel);
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
case T_CreateTrigStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
(void) CreateTrigger((CreateTrigStmt *) parsetree, queryString,
InvalidOid, InvalidOid, false));
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
case T_CreateEventTrigStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers on event triggers */
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
CreateEventTrigger((CreateEventTrigStmt *) parsetree);
break;
case T_AlterEventTrigStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers on event triggers */
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
AlterEventTrigger((AlterEventTrigStmt *) parsetree);
break;
Now we are able to CREATE PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE (Thanks, Jan).
1997-10-28 16:11:45 +01:00
case T_CreatePLangStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
CreateProceduralLanguage((CreatePLangStmt *) parsetree));
Now we are able to CREATE PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE (Thanks, Jan).
1997-10-28 16:11:45 +01:00
break;
Add DOMAIN support. Includes manual pages and regression tests, from Rod Taylor.
2002-03-19 03:18:25 +01:00
/*
* ******************************** DOMAIN statements ****
*/
case T_CreateDomainStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
DefineDomain((CreateDomainStmt *) parsetree));
Add DOMAIN support. Includes manual pages and regression tests, from Rod Taylor.
2002-03-19 03:18:25 +01:00
break;
/*
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
* ******************************** ROLE statements ****
Add DOMAIN support. Includes manual pages and regression tests, from Rod Taylor.
2002-03-19 03:18:25 +01:00
*/
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_CreateRoleStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
CreateRole((CreateRoleStmt *) parsetree);
pgindent run before 6.3 release, with Thomas' requested changes.
1998-02-26 05:46:47 +01:00
break;
From: todd brandys <brandys@eng3.hep.uiuc.edu> An extension to the code to allow for a pg_password authentication database that is *seperate* from the system password file
1997-12-04 01:28:15 +01:00
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_AlterRoleStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
AlterRole((AlterRoleStmt *) parsetree);
pgindent run before 6.3 release, with Thomas' requested changes.
1998-02-26 05:46:47 +01:00
break;
From: todd brandys <brandys@eng3.hep.uiuc.edu> An extension to the code to allow for a pg_password authentication database that is *seperate* from the system password file
1997-12-04 01:28:15 +01:00
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_AlterRoleSetStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
AlterRoleSet((AlterRoleSetStmt *) parsetree);
User and database-specific session defaults for run-time configuration variables. New commands ALTER DATABASE ... SET and ALTER USER ... SET.
2002-03-01 23:45:19 +01:00
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_DropRoleStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
DropRole((DropRoleStmt *) parsetree);
pgindent run before 6.3 release, with Thomas' requested changes.
1998-02-26 05:46:47 +01:00
break;
From: todd brandys <brandys@eng3.hep.uiuc.edu> An extension to the code to allow for a pg_password authentication database that is *seperate* from the system password file
1997-12-04 01:28:15 +01:00
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
case T_DropOwnedStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
DropOwnedObjects((DropOwnedStmt *) parsetree);
break;
case T_ReassignOwnedStmt:
Make new event trigger facility actually do something. Commit 3855968f328918b6cd1401dd11d109d471a54d40 added syntax, pg_dump, psql support, and documentation, but the triggers didn't actually fire. With this commit, they now do. This is still a pretty basic facility overall because event triggers do not get a whole lot of information about what the user is trying to do unless you write them in C; and there's still no option to fire them anywhere except at the very beginning of the execution sequence, but it's better than nothing, and a good building block for future work. Along the way, add a regression test for ALTER LARGE OBJECT, since testing of event triggers reveals that we haven't got one. Dimitri Fontaine and Robert Haas
2012-07-20 17:38:47 +02:00
/* no event triggers for global objects */
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
ReassignOwnedObjects((ReassignOwnedStmt *) parsetree);
break;
SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL ... LOCK TABLE IN ... MODE ...implemented
1998-12-18 10:10:39 +01:00
case T_LockStmt:
8.4 pgindent run, with new combined Linux/FreeBSD/MinGW typedef list provided by Andrew.
2009-06-11 16:49:15 +02:00
Disallow LOCK TABLE outside a transaction block (or function), since this case almost certainly represents user error. Per a gripe from Sebastian Böhm and subsequent discussion.
2008-11-04 01:57:19 +01:00
/*
* Since the lock would just get dropped immediately, LOCK TABLE
* outside a transaction block is presumed to be user error.
*/
RequireTransactionChain(isTopLevel, "LOCK TABLE");
SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL ... LOCK TABLE IN ... MODE ...implemented
1998-12-18 10:10:39 +01:00
LockTableCommand((LockStmt *) parsetree);
break;
This is part #1 for of the DEFERRED CONSTRAINT TRIGGER support. Implements the CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER and SET CONSTRAINTS commands. TODO: Generic builtin trigger procedures Automatic execution of appropriate CREATE CONSTRAINT... at CREATE TABLE Support of new trigger type in pg_dump Swapping of huge # of events to disk Jan
1999-09-29 18:06:40 +02:00
case T_ConstraintsSetStmt:
Fire non-deferred AFTER triggers immediately upon query completion, rather than when returning to the idle loop. This makes no particular difference for interactively-issued queries, but it makes a big difference for queries issued within functions: trigger execution now occurs before the calling function is allowed to proceed. This responds to numerous complaints about nonintuitive behavior of foreign key checking, such as http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-bugs/2004-09/msg00020.php, and appears to be required by the SQL99 spec. Also take the opportunity to simplify the data structures used for the pending-trigger list, rename them for more clarity, and squeeze out a bit of space.
2004-09-10 20:40:09 +02:00
AfterTriggerSetState((ConstraintsSetStmt *) parsetree);
This is part #1 for of the DEFERRED CONSTRAINT TRIGGER support. Implements the CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER and SET CONSTRAINTS commands. TODO: Generic builtin trigger procedures Automatic execution of appropriate CREATE CONSTRAINT... at CREATE TABLE Support of new trigger type in pg_dump Swapping of huge # of events to disk Jan
1999-09-29 18:06:40 +02:00
break;
New CHECKPOINT command. Auto removing of offline log files and creating new file at checkpoint time.
2000-11-05 23:50:21 +01:00
case T_CheckPointStmt:
Ensure that before truncating CLOG, we force a checkpoint even if no recent WAL activity has occurred. Without this, it's possible that a later crash might leave tuples on disk with un-updated commit status bits.
2002-09-27 00:58:34 +02:00
if (!superuser())
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
ereport(ERROR,
(errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
Adjust 'permission denied' messages to be more useful and consistent.
2003-08-01 02:15:26 +02:00
errmsg("must be superuser to do CHECKPOINT")));
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby. Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record. New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far. This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required. Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit. Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
/*
* You might think we should have a PreventCommandDuringRecovery()
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
* here, but we interpret a CHECKPOINT command during recovery as
* a request for a restartpoint instead. We allow this since it
* can be a useful way of reducing switchover time when using
* various forms of replication.
Allow read only connections during recovery, known as Hot Standby. Enabled by recovery_connections = on (default) and forcing archive recovery using a recovery.conf. Recovery processing now emulates the original transactions as they are replayed, providing full locking and MVCC behaviour for read only queries. Recovery must enter consistent state before connections are allowed, so there is a delay, typically short, before connections succeed. Replay of recovering transactions can conflict and in some cases deadlock with queries during recovery; these result in query cancellation after max_standby_delay seconds have expired. Infrastructure changes have minor effects on normal running, though introduce four new types of WAL record. New test mode "make standbycheck" allows regression tests of static command behaviour on a standby server while in recovery. Typical and extreme dynamic behaviours have been checked via code inspection and manual testing. Few port specific behaviours have been utilised, though primary testing has been on Linux only so far. This commit is the basic patch. Additional changes will follow in this release to enhance some aspects of behaviour, notably improved handling of conflicts, deadlock detection and query cancellation. Changes to VACUUM FULL are also required. Simon Riggs, with significant and lengthy review by Heikki Linnakangas, including streamlined redesign of snapshot creation and two-phase commit. Important contributions from Florian Pflug, Mark Kirkwood, Merlin Moncure, Greg Stark, Gianni Ciolli, Gabriele Bartolini, Hannu Krosing, Robert Haas, Tatsuo Ishii, Hiroyuki Yamada plus support and feedback from many other community members.
2009-12-19 02:32:45 +01:00
*/
RequestCheckpoint(CHECKPOINT_IMMEDIATE | CHECKPOINT_WAIT |
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
(RecoveryInProgress() ? 0 : CHECKPOINT_FORCE));
New CHECKPOINT command. Auto removing of offline log files and creating new file at checkpoint time.
2000-11-05 23:50:21 +01:00
break;
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
case T_ReindexStmt:
{
ReindexStmt *stmt = (ReindexStmt *) parsetree;
Clean up handling of XactReadOnly and RecoveryInProgress checks. Add some checks that seem logically necessary, in particular let's make real sure that HS slave sessions cannot create temp tables. (If they did they would think that temp tables belonging to the master's session with the same BackendId were theirs. We *must* not allow myTempNamespace to become set in a slave session.) Change setval() and nextval() so that they are only allowed on temp sequences in a read-only transaction. This seems consistent with what we allow for table modifications in read-only transactions. Since an HS slave can't have a temp sequence, this also provides a nicer cure for the setval PANIC reported by Erik Rijkers. Make the error messages more uniform, and have them mention the specific command being complained of. This seems worth the trifling amount of extra code, since people are likely to see such messages a lot more than before.
2010-02-20 22:24:02 +01:00
/* we choose to allow this during "read only" transactions */
PreventCommandDuringRecovery("REINDEX");
Get rid of last few vestiges of parsetree dependency on grammar token codes, per discussion from last March. parse.h should now be included *only* by gram.y, scan.l, keywords.c, parser.c. This prevents surprising misbehavior after seemingly-trivial grammar adjustments.
2003-02-10 05:44:47 +01:00
switch (stmt->kind)
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
{
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_INDEX:
Make REINDEX DATABASE do what one would expect, namely reindex all indexes in the database. The old behavior (reindex system catalogs only) is now available as REINDEX SYSTEM. I did not add the complementary REINDEX USER case since there did not seem to be consensus for this, but it would be trivial to add later. Per recent discussions.
2005-06-22 23:14:31 +02:00
ReindexIndex(stmt->relation);
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_TABLE:
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
Make REINDEX DATABASE do what one would expect, namely reindex all indexes in the database. The old behavior (reindex system catalogs only) is now available as REINDEX SYSTEM. I did not add the complementary REINDEX USER case since there did not seem to be consensus for this, but it would be trivial to add later. Per recent discussions.
2005-06-22 23:14:31 +02:00
ReindexTable(stmt->relation);
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_DATABASE:
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
/*
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
* This cannot run inside a user transaction block; if
* we were inside a transaction, then its commit- and
* start-transaction-command calls would not have the
* intended effect!
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
*/
PreventTransactionChain(isTopLevel,
"REINDEX DATABASE");
Make REINDEX DATABASE do what one would expect, namely reindex all indexes in the database. The old behavior (reindex system catalogs only) is now available as REINDEX SYSTEM. I did not add the complementary REINDEX USER case since there did not seem to be consensus for this, but it would be trivial to add later. Per recent discussions.
2005-06-22 23:14:31 +02:00
ReindexDatabase(stmt->name,
stmt->do_system, stmt->do_user);
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
default:
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized object type: %d",
(int) stmt->kind);
break;
Implement reindex command
2000-02-18 10:30:20 +01:00
}
break;
}
break;
Ye-old pgindent run. Same 4-space tabs.
2000-04-12 19:17:23 +02:00
Add new CREATE CONVERSION/DROP CONVERSION command. This is the first cut toward CREATE CONVERSION/DROP CONVERSION implementaion. The commands can now add/remove tuples to the new pg_conversion system catalog, but that's all. Still need work to make them actually working. Documentations, regression tests also need work.
2002-07-11 09:39:28 +02:00
case T_CreateConversionStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
CreateConversionCommand((CreateConversionStmt *) parsetree));
Add new CREATE CONVERSION/DROP CONVERSION command. This is the first cut toward CREATE CONVERSION/DROP CONVERSION implementaion. The commands can now add/remove tuples to the new pg_conversion system catalog, but that's all. Still need work to make them actually working. Documentations, regression tests also need work.
2002-07-11 09:39:28 +02:00
break;
pg_cast table, and standards-compliant CREATE/DROP CAST commands, plus extension to create binary compatible casts. Includes dependency tracking as well. pg_proc.proimplicit is now defunct, but will be removed in a separate commit. pg_dump provides a migration path from the previous scheme to declare casts. Dumping binary compatible casts is currently impossible, though.
2002-07-19 01:11:32 +02:00
case T_CreateCastStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
CreateCast((CreateCastStmt *) parsetree));
pg_cast table, and standards-compliant CREATE/DROP CAST commands, plus extension to create binary compatible casts. Includes dependency tracking as well. pg_proc.proimplicit is now defunct, but will be removed in a separate commit. pg_dump provides a migration path from the previous scheme to declare casts. Dumping binary compatible casts is currently impossible, though.
2002-07-19 01:11:32 +02:00
break;
Implement CREATE/DROP OPERATOR CLASS. Work still remains: need more documentation (xindex.sgml should be rewritten), need to teach pg_dump about it, need to update contrib modules that currently build pg_opclass entries by hand. Original patch by Bill Studenmund, grammar adjustments and general update for 7.3 by Tom Lane.
2002-07-30 00:14:11 +02:00
case T_CreateOpClassStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
DefineOpClass((CreateOpClassStmt *) parsetree));
Implement CREATE/DROP OPERATOR CLASS. Work still remains: need more documentation (xindex.sgml should be rewritten), need to teach pg_dump about it, need to update contrib modules that currently build pg_opclass entries by hand. Original patch by Bill Studenmund, grammar adjustments and general update for 7.3 by Tom Lane.
2002-07-30 00:14:11 +02:00
break;
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
case T_CreateOpFamilyStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
DefineOpFamily((CreateOpFamilyStmt *) parsetree));
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
break;
case T_AlterOpFamilyStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
AlterOpFamily((AlterOpFamilyStmt *) parsetree));
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
break;
Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing, so anything that's broken is probably my fault. Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 03:11:32 +02:00
case T_AlterTSDictionaryStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
AlterTSDictionary((AlterTSDictionaryStmt *) parsetree));
Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing, so anything that's broken is probably my fault. Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 03:11:32 +02:00
break;
case T_AlterTSConfigurationStmt:
Add ddl_command_end support for event triggers. Dimitri Fontaine, with slight changes by me
2013-01-22 00:00:24 +01:00
InvokeDDLCommandEventTriggers(
parsetree,
AlterTSConfiguration((AlterTSConfigurationStmt *) parsetree));
Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing, so anything that's broken is probably my fault. Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 03:11:32 +02:00
break;
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
default:
Error message editing in backend/libpq, backend/postmaster, backend/tcop. Along the way, fix some logic problems in pgstat_initstats, notably the bogus assumption that malloc returns zeroed memory.
2003-07-22 21:00:12 +02:00
elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
(int) nodeTag(parsetree));
Another PGINDENT run that changes variable indenting and case label indenting. Also static variable indenting.
1997-09-08 04:41:22 +02:00
break;
From: "Martin J. Laubach" <mjl@CSlab.tuwien.ac.at> Subject: [HACKERS] Patch: SET var TO 'val' Here is a patch that adds a "SET variable TO 'somevalue'" capability to the parser, and then calls the SetPGVariable() function (which does just issue a elog(NOTICE) to see whether it works). That's the framework for adding timezone/date format/language/... stuff.
1997-04-02 20:24:52 +02:00
}
Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources
1996-07-09 08:22:35 +02:00
}
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
/*
* UtilityReturnsTuples
* Return "true" if this utility statement will send output to the
* destination.
*
* Generally, there should be a case here for each case in ProcessUtility
* where "dest" is passed on.
*/
bool
UtilityReturnsTuples(Node *parsetree)
{
switch (nodeTag(parsetree))
{
case T_FetchStmt:
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
FetchStmt *stmt = (FetchStmt *) parsetree;
Portal portal;
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
if (stmt->ismove)
return false;
portal = GetPortalByName(stmt->portalname);
if (!PortalIsValid(portal))
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
return false; /* not our business to raise error */
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
return portal->tupDesc ? true : false;
}
case T_ExecuteStmt:
{
ExecuteStmt *stmt = (ExecuteStmt *) parsetree;
PreparedStatement *entry;
entry = FetchPreparedStatement(stmt->name, false);
if (!entry)
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
return false; /* not our business to raise error */
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
if (entry->plansource->resultDesc)
return true;
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
return false;
}
case T_ExplainStmt:
return true;
case T_VariableShowStmt:
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
/*
* UtilityTupleDescriptor
* Fetch the actual output tuple descriptor for a utility statement
* for which UtilityReturnsTuples() previously returned "true".
*
* The returned descriptor is created in (or copied into) the current memory
* context.
*/
TupleDesc
UtilityTupleDescriptor(Node *parsetree)
{
switch (nodeTag(parsetree))
{
case T_FetchStmt:
{
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
FetchStmt *stmt = (FetchStmt *) parsetree;
Portal portal;
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
if (stmt->ismove)
return NULL;
portal = GetPortalByName(stmt->portalname);
if (!PortalIsValid(portal))
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
return NULL; /* not our business to raise error */
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
return CreateTupleDescCopy(portal->tupDesc);
}
case T_ExecuteStmt:
{
ExecuteStmt *stmt = (ExecuteStmt *) parsetree;
PreparedStatement *entry;
entry = FetchPreparedStatement(stmt->name, false);
if (!entry)
pgindent run.
2003-08-04 02:43:34 +02:00
return NULL; /* not our business to raise error */
Add display of eventual result RowDescription (if any) to the output of Describe on a prepared statement. This was in the original 3.0 protocol proposal, but I took it out for reasons that seemed good at the time. Put it back per yesterday's pghackers discussion.
2003-05-06 23:51:42 +02:00
return FetchPreparedStatementResultDesc(entry);
Restructure command destination handling so that we pass around DestReceiver pointers instead of just CommandDest values. The DestReceiver is made at the point where the destination is selected, rather than deep inside the executor. This cleans up the original kluge implementation of tstoreReceiver.c, and makes it easy to support retrieving results from utility statements inside portals. Thus, you can now do fun things like Bind and Execute a FETCH or EXPLAIN command, and it'll all work as expected (e.g., you can Describe the portal, or use Execute's count parameter to suspend the output partway through). Implementation involves stuffing the utility command's output into a Tuplestore, which would be kind of annoying for huge output sets, but should be quite acceptable for typical uses of utility commands.
2003-05-06 22:26:28 +02:00
}
case T_ExplainStmt:
return ExplainResultDesc((ExplainStmt *) parsetree);
case T_VariableShowStmt:
{
VariableShowStmt *n = (VariableShowStmt *) parsetree;
return GetPGVariableResultDesc(n->name);
}
default:
return NULL;
}
}
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
Tweak SPI_cursor_open to allow INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE RETURNING; this was merely a matter of fixing the error check, since the underlying Portal infrastructure already handles it. This in turn allows these statements to be used in some existing plpgsql and plperl contexts, such as a plpgsql FOR loop. Also, do some marginal code cleanup in places that were being sloppy about distinguishing SELECT from SELECT INTO.
2006-08-12 22:05:56 +02:00
/*
* QueryReturnsTuples
* Return "true" if this Query will send output to the destination.
*/
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
#ifdef NOT_USED
Tweak SPI_cursor_open to allow INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE RETURNING; this was merely a matter of fixing the error check, since the underlying Portal infrastructure already handles it. This in turn allows these statements to be used in some existing plpgsql and plperl contexts, such as a plpgsql FOR loop. Also, do some marginal code cleanup in places that were being sloppy about distinguishing SELECT from SELECT INTO.
2006-08-12 22:05:56 +02:00
bool
QueryReturnsTuples(Query *parsetree)
{
switch (parsetree->commandType)
{
case CMD_SELECT:
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
/* returns tuples ... unless it's DECLARE CURSOR */
if (parsetree->utilityStmt == NULL)
Tweak SPI_cursor_open to allow INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE RETURNING; this was merely a matter of fixing the error check, since the underlying Portal infrastructure already handles it. This in turn allows these statements to be used in some existing plpgsql and plperl contexts, such as a plpgsql FOR loop. Also, do some marginal code cleanup in places that were being sloppy about distinguishing SELECT from SELECT INTO.
2006-08-12 22:05:56 +02:00
return true;
break;
case CMD_INSERT:
case CMD_UPDATE:
case CMD_DELETE:
/* the forms with RETURNING return tuples */
if (parsetree->returningList)
return true;
break;
case CMD_UTILITY:
return UtilityReturnsTuples(parsetree->utilityStmt);
case CMD_UNKNOWN:
case CMD_NOTHING:
/* probably shouldn't get here */
break;
}
return false; /* default */
}
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
#endif
Tweak SPI_cursor_open to allow INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE RETURNING; this was merely a matter of fixing the error check, since the underlying Portal infrastructure already handles it. This in turn allows these statements to be used in some existing plpgsql and plperl contexts, such as a plpgsql FOR loop. Also, do some marginal code cleanup in places that were being sloppy about distinguishing SELECT from SELECT INTO.
2006-08-12 22:05:56 +02:00
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
/*
* UtilityContainsQuery
* Return the contained Query, or NULL if there is none
*
Make UtilityContainsQuery recurse until it finds a non-utility Query. The callers of UtilityContainsQuery want it to return a non-utility Query if it returns anything at all. However, since we made CREATE TABLE AS/SELECT INTO into a utility command instead of a variant of SELECT, a command like "EXPLAIN SELECT INTO" results in two nested utility statements. So what we need UtilityContainsQuery to do is drill down to the bottom non-utility Query. I had thought of this possibility in setrefs.c, and fixed it there by looping around the UtilityContainsQuery call; but overlooked that the call sites in plancache.c have a similar issue. In those cases it's notationally inconvenient to provide an external loop, so let's redefine UtilityContainsQuery as recursing down to a non-utility Query instead. Noted by Rushabh Lathia. This is a somewhat cleaned-up version of his proposed patch.
2012-06-28 05:18:30 +02:00
* Certain utility statements, such as EXPLAIN, contain a plannable Query.
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
* This function encapsulates knowledge of exactly which ones do.
* We assume it is invoked only on already-parse-analyzed statements
* (else the contained parsetree isn't a Query yet).
Make UtilityContainsQuery recurse until it finds a non-utility Query. The callers of UtilityContainsQuery want it to return a non-utility Query if it returns anything at all. However, since we made CREATE TABLE AS/SELECT INTO into a utility command instead of a variant of SELECT, a command like "EXPLAIN SELECT INTO" results in two nested utility statements. So what we need UtilityContainsQuery to do is drill down to the bottom non-utility Query. I had thought of this possibility in setrefs.c, and fixed it there by looping around the UtilityContainsQuery call; but overlooked that the call sites in plancache.c have a similar issue. In those cases it's notationally inconvenient to provide an external loop, so let's redefine UtilityContainsQuery as recursing down to a non-utility Query instead. Noted by Rushabh Lathia. This is a somewhat cleaned-up version of his proposed patch.
2012-06-28 05:18:30 +02:00
*
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
* In some cases (currently, only EXPLAIN of CREATE TABLE AS/SELECT INTO and
* CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW), potentially Query-containing utility statements
* can be nested. This function will drill down to a non-utility Query, or
* return NULL if none.
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
*/
Query *
UtilityContainsQuery(Node *parsetree)
{
Make UtilityContainsQuery recurse until it finds a non-utility Query. The callers of UtilityContainsQuery want it to return a non-utility Query if it returns anything at all. However, since we made CREATE TABLE AS/SELECT INTO into a utility command instead of a variant of SELECT, a command like "EXPLAIN SELECT INTO" results in two nested utility statements. So what we need UtilityContainsQuery to do is drill down to the bottom non-utility Query. I had thought of this possibility in setrefs.c, and fixed it there by looping around the UtilityContainsQuery call; but overlooked that the call sites in plancache.c have a similar issue. In those cases it's notationally inconvenient to provide an external loop, so let's redefine UtilityContainsQuery as recursing down to a non-utility Query instead. Noted by Rushabh Lathia. This is a somewhat cleaned-up version of his proposed patch.
2012-06-28 05:18:30 +02:00
Query *qry;
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
switch (nodeTag(parsetree))
{
case T_ExplainStmt:
Make UtilityContainsQuery recurse until it finds a non-utility Query. The callers of UtilityContainsQuery want it to return a non-utility Query if it returns anything at all. However, since we made CREATE TABLE AS/SELECT INTO into a utility command instead of a variant of SELECT, a command like "EXPLAIN SELECT INTO" results in two nested utility statements. So what we need UtilityContainsQuery to do is drill down to the bottom non-utility Query. I had thought of this possibility in setrefs.c, and fixed it there by looping around the UtilityContainsQuery call; but overlooked that the call sites in plancache.c have a similar issue. In those cases it's notationally inconvenient to provide an external loop, so let's redefine UtilityContainsQuery as recursing down to a non-utility Query instead. Noted by Rushabh Lathia. This is a somewhat cleaned-up version of his proposed patch.
2012-06-28 05:18:30 +02:00
qry = (Query *) ((ExplainStmt *) parsetree)->query;
Assert(IsA(qry, Query));
if (qry->commandType == CMD_UTILITY)
return UtilityContainsQuery(qry->utilityStmt);
return qry;
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
case T_CreateTableAsStmt:
Make UtilityContainsQuery recurse until it finds a non-utility Query. The callers of UtilityContainsQuery want it to return a non-utility Query if it returns anything at all. However, since we made CREATE TABLE AS/SELECT INTO into a utility command instead of a variant of SELECT, a command like "EXPLAIN SELECT INTO" results in two nested utility statements. So what we need UtilityContainsQuery to do is drill down to the bottom non-utility Query. I had thought of this possibility in setrefs.c, and fixed it there by looping around the UtilityContainsQuery call; but overlooked that the call sites in plancache.c have a similar issue. In those cases it's notationally inconvenient to provide an external loop, so let's redefine UtilityContainsQuery as recursing down to a non-utility Query instead. Noted by Rushabh Lathia. This is a somewhat cleaned-up version of his proposed patch.
2012-06-28 05:18:30 +02:00
qry = (Query *) ((CreateTableAsStmt *) parsetree)->query;
Fix UtilityContainsQuery() to handle CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE correctly. The code seems to have been written to handle the pre-parse-analysis representation, where an ExecuteStmt would appear directly under CreateTableAsStmt. But in reality the function is only run on already-parse-analyzed statements, so there will be a Query node in between. We'd not noticed the bug because the function is generally not used at all except in extended query protocol. Per report from Robert Haas and Rushabh Lathia.
2012-10-20 00:33:45 +02:00
Assert(IsA(qry, Query));
if (qry->commandType == CMD_UTILITY)
return UtilityContainsQuery(qry->utilityStmt);
return qry;
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
default:
return NULL;
}
}
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
/*
* AlterObjectTypeCommandTag
* helper function for CreateCommandTag
*
* This covers most cases where ALTER is used with an ObjectType enum.
*/
static const char *
AlterObjectTypeCommandTag(ObjectType objtype)
{
const char *tag;
switch (objtype)
{
case OBJECT_AGGREGATE:
tag = "ALTER AGGREGATE";
break;
case OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE:
tag = "ALTER TYPE";
break;
case OBJECT_CAST:
tag = "ALTER CAST";
break;
DDL support for collations - collowner field - CREATE COLLATION - ALTER COLLATION - DROP COLLATION - COMMENT ON COLLATION - integration with extensions - pg_dump support for the above - dependency management - psql tab completion - psql \dO command
2011-02-12 14:54:13 +01:00
case OBJECT_COLLATION:
tag = "ALTER COLLATION";
break;
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
case OBJECT_COLUMN:
tag = "ALTER TABLE";
break;
case OBJECT_CONSTRAINT:
tag = "ALTER TABLE";
break;
case OBJECT_CONVERSION:
tag = "ALTER CONVERSION";
break;
case OBJECT_DATABASE:
tag = "ALTER DATABASE";
break;
case OBJECT_DOMAIN:
tag = "ALTER DOMAIN";
break;
case OBJECT_EXTENSION:
tag = "ALTER EXTENSION";
break;
case OBJECT_FDW:
tag = "ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER";
break;
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER:
tag = "ALTER SERVER";
break;
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE:
tag = "ALTER FOREIGN TABLE";
break;
case OBJECT_FUNCTION:
tag = "ALTER FUNCTION";
break;
case OBJECT_INDEX:
tag = "ALTER INDEX";
break;
case OBJECT_LANGUAGE:
tag = "ALTER LANGUAGE";
break;
case OBJECT_LARGEOBJECT:
tag = "ALTER LARGE OBJECT";
break;
case OBJECT_OPCLASS:
tag = "ALTER OPERATOR CLASS";
break;
case OBJECT_OPERATOR:
tag = "ALTER OPERATOR";
break;
case OBJECT_OPFAMILY:
tag = "ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY";
break;
case OBJECT_ROLE:
tag = "ALTER ROLE";
break;
case OBJECT_RULE:
tag = "ALTER RULE";
break;
case OBJECT_SCHEMA:
tag = "ALTER SCHEMA";
break;
case OBJECT_SEQUENCE:
tag = "ALTER SEQUENCE";
break;
case OBJECT_TABLE:
tag = "ALTER TABLE";
break;
case OBJECT_TABLESPACE:
tag = "ALTER TABLESPACE";
break;
case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
tag = "ALTER TRIGGER";
break;
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
case OBJECT_EVENT_TRIGGER:
tag = "ALTER EVENT TRIGGER";
break;
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
case OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION:
tag = "ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION";
break;
case OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY:
tag = "ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY";
break;
case OBJECT_TSPARSER:
tag = "ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER";
break;
case OBJECT_TSTEMPLATE:
tag = "ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE";
break;
case OBJECT_TYPE:
tag = "ALTER TYPE";
break;
case OBJECT_VIEW:
tag = "ALTER VIEW";
break;
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
tag = "ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW";
break;
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
default:
tag = "???";
break;
}
return tag;
}
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
/*
* CreateCommandTag
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
* utility to get a string representation of the command operation,
* given either a raw (un-analyzed) parsetree or a planned query.
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
*
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
* This must handle all command types, but since the vast majority
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
* of 'em are utility commands, it seems sensible to keep it here.
*
* NB: all result strings must be shorter than COMPLETION_TAG_BUFSIZE.
* Also, the result must point at a true constant (permanent storage).
*/
const char *
CreateCommandTag(Node *parsetree)
{
const char *tag;
switch (nodeTag(parsetree))
{
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
/* raw plannable queries */
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_InsertStmt:
tag = "INSERT";
break;
case T_DeleteStmt:
tag = "DELETE";
break;
case T_UpdateStmt:
tag = "UPDATE";
break;
case T_SelectStmt:
tag = "SELECT";
break;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
/* utility statements --- same whether raw or cooked */
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_TransactionStmt:
{
TransactionStmt *stmt = (TransactionStmt *) parsetree;
switch (stmt->kind)
{
case TRANS_STMT_BEGIN:
tag = "BEGIN";
break;
case TRANS_STMT_START:
tag = "START TRANSACTION";
break;
case TRANS_STMT_COMMIT:
tag = "COMMIT";
break;
case TRANS_STMT_ROLLBACK:
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
case TRANS_STMT_ROLLBACK_TO:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "ROLLBACK";
break;
Replace nested-BEGIN syntax for subtransactions with spec-compliant SAVEPOINT/RELEASE/ROLLBACK-TO syntax. (Alvaro) Cause COMMIT of a failed transaction to report ROLLBACK instead of COMMIT in its command tag. (Tom) Fix a few loose ends in the nested-transactions stuff.
2004-07-27 07:11:48 +02:00
case TRANS_STMT_SAVEPOINT:
tag = "SAVEPOINT";
break;
case TRANS_STMT_RELEASE:
tag = "RELEASE";
break;
Two-phase commit. Original patch by Heikki Linnakangas, with additional hacking by Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-06-18 00:32:51 +02:00
case TRANS_STMT_PREPARE:
tag = "PREPARE TRANSACTION";
break;
case TRANS_STMT_COMMIT_PREPARED:
tag = "COMMIT PREPARED";
break;
case TRANS_STMT_ROLLBACK_PREPARED:
tag = "ROLLBACK PREPARED";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
default:
tag = "???";
break;
}
}
break;
case T_DeclareCursorStmt:
tag = "DECLARE CURSOR";
break;
case T_ClosePortalStmt:
RESET SESSION, plus related new DDL commands. Patch from Marko Kreen, reviewed by Neil Conway. This patch adds the following DDL command variants: RESET SESSION, RESET TEMP, RESET PLANS, CLOSE ALL, and DEALLOCATE ALL. RESET SESSION is intended for use by connection pool software and the like, in order to reset a client session to something close to its initial state. Note that while most of these command variants can be executed inside a transaction block (but are not transaction-aware!), RESET SESSION cannot. While this is inconsistent, it is intended to catch programmer mistakes: RESET SESSION in an open transaction block is probably unintended.
2007-04-12 08:53:49 +02:00
{
ClosePortalStmt *stmt = (ClosePortalStmt *) parsetree;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
RESET SESSION, plus related new DDL commands. Patch from Marko Kreen, reviewed by Neil Conway. This patch adds the following DDL command variants: RESET SESSION, RESET TEMP, RESET PLANS, CLOSE ALL, and DEALLOCATE ALL. RESET SESSION is intended for use by connection pool software and the like, in order to reset a client session to something close to its initial state. Note that while most of these command variants can be executed inside a transaction block (but are not transaction-aware!), RESET SESSION cannot. While this is inconsistent, it is intended to catch programmer mistakes: RESET SESSION in an open transaction block is probably unintended.
2007-04-12 08:53:49 +02:00
if (stmt->portalname == NULL)
tag = "CLOSE CURSOR ALL";
else
tag = "CLOSE CURSOR";
}
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
break;
case T_FetchStmt:
{
FetchStmt *stmt = (FetchStmt *) parsetree;
tag = (stmt->ismove) ? "MOVE" : "FETCH";
}
break;
case T_CreateDomainStmt:
tag = "CREATE DOMAIN";
break;
case T_CreateSchemaStmt:
tag = "CREATE SCHEMA";
break;
case T_CreateStmt:
tag = "CREATE TABLE";
break;
Tablespaces. Alternate database locations are dead, long live tablespaces. There are various things left to do: contrib dbsize and oid2name modules need work, and so does the documentation. Also someone should think about COMMENT ON TABLESPACE and maybe RENAME TABLESPACE. Also initlocation is dead, it just doesn't know it yet. Gavin Sherry and Tom Lane.
2004-06-18 08:14:31 +02:00
case T_CreateTableSpaceStmt:
tag = "CREATE TABLESPACE";
break;
case T_DropTableSpaceStmt:
tag = "DROP TABLESPACE";
break;
Support ALTER TABLESPACE name SET/RESET ( tablespace_options ). This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters, but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more. In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency, but I'm leaving that as future work for now. Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
2010-01-05 22:54:00 +01:00
case T_AlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt:
tag = "ALTER TABLESPACE";
break;
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
case T_CreateExtensionStmt:
tag = "CREATE EXTENSION";
break;
Add support for multiple versions of an extension and ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE. This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it. This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules shortly. Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
2011-02-12 03:25:20 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionStmt:
tag = "ALTER EXTENSION";
break;
Extend "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object" to permit "DROP object" as well. Per discussion, this is something we should have sooner rather than later, and it doesn't take much additional code to support it.
2011-02-10 23:36:44 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionContentsStmt:
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
tag = "ALTER EXTENSION";
break;
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
case T_CreateFdwStmt:
tag = "CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER";
break;
case T_AlterFdwStmt:
tag = "ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER";
break;
case T_CreateForeignServerStmt:
tag = "CREATE SERVER";
break;
case T_AlterForeignServerStmt:
tag = "ALTER SERVER";
break;
case T_CreateUserMappingStmt:
tag = "CREATE USER MAPPING";
break;
case T_AlterUserMappingStmt:
tag = "ALTER USER MAPPING";
break;
case T_DropUserMappingStmt:
tag = "DROP USER MAPPING";
break;
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
case T_CreateForeignTableStmt:
tag = "CREATE FOREIGN TABLE";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_DropStmt:
switch (((DropStmt *) parsetree)->removeType)
{
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_TABLE:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "DROP TABLE";
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_SEQUENCE:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "DROP SEQUENCE";
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_VIEW:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "DROP VIEW";
break;
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
tag = "DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW";
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_INDEX:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "DROP INDEX";
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_TYPE:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "DROP TYPE";
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_DOMAIN:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "DROP DOMAIN";
break;
DDL support for collations - collowner field - CREATE COLLATION - ALTER COLLATION - DROP COLLATION - COMMENT ON COLLATION - integration with extensions - pg_dump support for the above - dependency management - psql tab completion - psql \dO command
2011-02-12 14:54:13 +01:00
case OBJECT_COLLATION:
tag = "DROP COLLATION";
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_CONVERSION:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "DROP CONVERSION";
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_SCHEMA:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "DROP SCHEMA";
break;
Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing, so anything that's broken is probably my fault. Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 03:11:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_TSPARSER:
tag = "DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER";
break;
case OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY:
tag = "DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY";
break;
case OBJECT_TSTEMPLATE:
tag = "DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE";
break;
case OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION:
tag = "DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION";
break;
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE:
tag = "DROP FOREIGN TABLE";
break;
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
case OBJECT_EXTENSION:
tag = "DROP EXTENSION";
break;
Further consolidation of DROP statement handling. This gets rid of an impressive amount of duplicative code, with only minimal behavior changes. DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER now requires object ownership rather than superuser privileges, matching the documentation we already have. We also eliminate the historical warning about dropping a built-in function as unuseful. All operations are now performed in the same order for all object types handled by dropcmds.c. KaiGai Kohei, with minor revisions by me
2011-11-18 03:31:29 +01:00
case OBJECT_FUNCTION:
tag = "DROP FUNCTION";
break;
case OBJECT_AGGREGATE:
tag = "DROP AGGREGATE";
break;
case OBJECT_OPERATOR:
tag = "DROP OPERATOR";
break;
case OBJECT_LANGUAGE:
tag = "DROP LANGUAGE";
break;
case OBJECT_CAST:
tag = "DROP CAST";
break;
case OBJECT_TRIGGER:
tag = "DROP TRIGGER";
break;
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
case OBJECT_EVENT_TRIGGER:
tag = "DROP EVENT TRIGGER";
break;
Further consolidation of DROP statement handling. This gets rid of an impressive amount of duplicative code, with only minimal behavior changes. DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER now requires object ownership rather than superuser privileges, matching the documentation we already have. We also eliminate the historical warning about dropping a built-in function as unuseful. All operations are now performed in the same order for all object types handled by dropcmds.c. KaiGai Kohei, with minor revisions by me
2011-11-18 03:31:29 +01:00
case OBJECT_RULE:
tag = "DROP RULE";
break;
case OBJECT_FDW:
tag = "DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER";
break;
case OBJECT_FOREIGN_SERVER:
tag = "DROP SERVER";
break;
case OBJECT_OPCLASS:
tag = "DROP OPERATOR CLASS";
break;
case OBJECT_OPFAMILY:
tag = "DROP OPERATOR FAMILY";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
default:
tag = "???";
}
break;
case T_TruncateStmt:
tag = "TRUNCATE TABLE";
break;
case T_CommentStmt:
tag = "COMMENT";
break;
Add a SECURITY LABEL command. This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it. KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-28 02:55:27 +02:00
case T_SecLabelStmt:
tag = "SECURITY LABEL";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_CopyStmt:
tag = "COPY";
break;
case T_RenameStmt:
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
tag = AlterObjectTypeCommandTag(((RenameStmt *) parsetree)->renameType);
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
break;
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
case T_AlterObjectSchemaStmt:
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
tag = AlterObjectTypeCommandTag(((AlterObjectSchemaStmt *) parsetree)->objectType);
Add ALTER object SET SCHEMA capability for a limited but useful set of object kinds (tables, functions, types). Documentation is not here yet. Original code by Bernd Helmle, extensive rework by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-08-01 06:03:59 +02:00
break;
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
case T_AlterOwnerStmt:
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
tag = AlterObjectTypeCommandTag(((AlterOwnerStmt *) parsetree)->objectType);
Support renaming of tablespaces, and changing the owners of aggregates, conversions, functions, operators, operator classes, schemas, types, and tablespaces. Fold the existing implementations of alter domain owner and alter database owner in with these. Christopher Kings-Lynne
2004-06-25 23:55:59 +02:00
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_AlterTableStmt:
Implement "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object". This is an essential component of making the extension feature usable; first because it's needed in the process of converting an existing installation containing "loose" objects of an old contrib module into the extension-based world, and second because we'll have to use it in pg_dump --binary-upgrade, as per recent discussion. Loosely based on part of Dimitri Fontaine's ALTER EXTENSION UPGRADE patch.
2011-02-09 17:55:32 +01:00
tag = AlterObjectTypeCommandTag(((AlterTableStmt *) parsetree)->relkind);
Add ALTER INDEX, particularly for moving tablespaces. Gavin Sherry
2004-08-20 06:29:33 +02:00
break;
Allow ALTER FUNCTION to change a function's strictness, volatility, and whether or not it is a security definer. Changing a function's strictness is required by SQL2003, and the other capabilities make sense. Also, allow an optional RESTRICT noise word to be specified, for SQL conformance. Some trivial regression tests added and the documentation has been updated.
2005-03-14 01:19:37 +01:00
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_AlterDomainStmt:
tag = "ALTER DOMAIN";
break;
Allow ALTER FUNCTION to change a function's strictness, volatility, and whether or not it is a security definer. Changing a function's strictness is required by SQL2003, and the other capabilities make sense. Also, allow an optional RESTRICT noise word to be specified, for SQL conformance. Some trivial regression tests added and the documentation has been updated.
2005-03-14 01:19:37 +01:00
case T_AlterFunctionStmt:
tag = "ALTER FUNCTION";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_GrantStmt:
{
GrantStmt *stmt = (GrantStmt *) parsetree;
tag = (stmt->is_grant) ? "GRANT" : "REVOKE";
}
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_GrantRoleStmt:
{
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
GrantRoleStmt *stmt = (GrantRoleStmt *) parsetree;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
tag = (stmt->is_grant) ? "GRANT ROLE" : "REVOKE ROLE";
}
break;
Create an ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command, which allows users to adjust the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects. Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects created in particular schemas too. A notable benefit is that users can override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE privilege traditionally granted by default for functions. Petr Jelinek
2009-10-05 21:24:49 +02:00
case T_AlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt:
tag = "ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_DefineStmt:
switch (((DefineStmt *) parsetree)->kind)
{
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_AGGREGATE:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "CREATE AGGREGATE";
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_OPERATOR:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "CREATE OPERATOR";
break;
First batch of object rename commands.
2003-06-27 16:45:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_TYPE:
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "CREATE TYPE";
break;
Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing, so anything that's broken is probably my fault. Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 03:11:32 +02:00
case OBJECT_TSPARSER:
tag = "CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER";
break;
case OBJECT_TSDICTIONARY:
tag = "CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY";
break;
case OBJECT_TSTEMPLATE:
tag = "CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE";
break;
case OBJECT_TSCONFIGURATION:
tag = "CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION";
break;
DDL support for collations - collowner field - CREATE COLLATION - ALTER COLLATION - DROP COLLATION - COMMENT ON COLLATION - integration with extensions - pg_dump support for the above - dependency management - psql tab completion - psql \dO command
2011-02-12 14:54:13 +01:00
case OBJECT_COLLATION:
tag = "CREATE COLLATION";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
default:
tag = "???";
}
break;
case T_CompositeTypeStmt:
tag = "CREATE TYPE";
break;
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
case T_CreateEnumStmt:
tag = "CREATE TYPE";
break;
Support range data types. Selectivity estimation functions are missing for some range type operators, which is a TODO. Jeff Davis
2011-11-03 12:16:28 +01:00
case T_CreateRangeStmt:
tag = "CREATE TYPE";
break;
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
case T_AlterEnumStmt:
tag = "ALTER TYPE";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_ViewStmt:
tag = "CREATE VIEW";
break;
case T_CreateFunctionStmt:
tag = "CREATE FUNCTION";
break;
case T_IndexStmt:
tag = "CREATE INDEX";
break;
case T_RuleStmt:
tag = "CREATE RULE";
break;
case T_CreateSeqStmt:
tag = "CREATE SEQUENCE";
break;
case T_AlterSeqStmt:
tag = "ALTER SEQUENCE";
break;
Implement the DO statement to support execution of PL code without having to create a function for it. Procedural languages now have an additional entry point, namely a function to execute an inline code block. This seemed a better design than trying to hide the transient-ness of the code from the PL. As of this patch, only plpgsql has an inline handler, but probably people will soon write handlers for the other standard PLs. In passing, remove the long-dead LANCOMPILER option of CREATE LANGUAGE. Petr Jelinek
2009-09-23 01:43:43 +02:00
case T_DoStmt:
tag = "DO";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_CreatedbStmt:
tag = "CREATE DATABASE";
break;
Add per-user and per-database connection limit options. This patch also includes preliminary update of pg_dumpall for roles. Petr Jelinek, with review by Bruce Momjian and Tom Lane.
2005-07-31 19:19:22 +02:00
case T_AlterDatabaseStmt:
tag = "ALTER DATABASE";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_AlterDatabaseSetStmt:
tag = "ALTER DATABASE";
break;
case T_DropdbStmt:
tag = "DROP DATABASE";
break;
case T_NotifyStmt:
tag = "NOTIFY";
break;
case T_ListenStmt:
tag = "LISTEN";
break;
case T_UnlistenStmt:
tag = "UNLISTEN";
break;
case T_LoadStmt:
tag = "LOAD";
break;
case T_ClusterStmt:
tag = "CLUSTER";
break;
case T_VacuumStmt:
Provide a parenthesized-options syntax for VACUUM, analogous to that recently adopted for EXPLAIN. This will allow additional options to be implemented in future without having to make them fully-reserved keywords. The old syntax remains available for existing options, however. Itagaki Takahiro
2009-11-16 22:32:07 +01:00
if (((VacuumStmt *) parsetree)->options & VACOPT_VACUUM)
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
tag = "VACUUM";
else
tag = "ANALYZE";
break;
case T_ExplainStmt:
tag = "EXPLAIN";
break;
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
case T_CreateTableAsStmt:
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
switch (((CreateTableAsStmt *) parsetree)->relkind)
{
case OBJECT_TABLE:
if (((CreateTableAsStmt *) parsetree)->is_select_into)
tag = "SELECT INTO";
else
tag = "CREATE TABLE AS";
break;
case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
tag = "CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW";
break;
default:
tag = "???";
}
break;
case T_RefreshMatViewStmt:
tag = "REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW";
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_VariableSetStmt:
Support SET FROM CURRENT in CREATE/ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER DATABASE, ALTER ROLE. (Actually, it works as a plain statement too, but I didn't document that because it seems a bit useless.) Unify VariableResetStmt with VariableSetStmt, and clean up some ancient cruft in the representation of same.
2007-09-03 20:46:30 +02:00
switch (((VariableSetStmt *) parsetree)->kind)
{
case VAR_SET_VALUE:
case VAR_SET_CURRENT:
case VAR_SET_DEFAULT:
case VAR_SET_MULTI:
tag = "SET";
break;
case VAR_RESET:
case VAR_RESET_ALL:
tag = "RESET";
break;
default:
tag = "???";
}
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
break;
case T_VariableShowStmt:
tag = "SHOW";
break;
Rename the newly-added commands for discarding session state. RESET SESSION, RESET PLANS, and RESET TEMP are now DISCARD ALL, DISCARD PLANS, and DISCARD TEMP, respectively. This is to avoid confusion with the pre-existing RESET variants: the DISCARD commands are not actually similar to RESET. Patch from Marko Kreen, with some minor editorialization.
2007-04-26 18:13:15 +02:00
case T_DiscardStmt:
Support SET FROM CURRENT in CREATE/ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER DATABASE, ALTER ROLE. (Actually, it works as a plain statement too, but I didn't document that because it seems a bit useless.) Unify VariableResetStmt with VariableSetStmt, and clean up some ancient cruft in the representation of same.
2007-09-03 20:46:30 +02:00
switch (((DiscardStmt *) parsetree)->target)
{
Rename the newly-added commands for discarding session state. RESET SESSION, RESET PLANS, and RESET TEMP are now DISCARD ALL, DISCARD PLANS, and DISCARD TEMP, respectively. This is to avoid confusion with the pre-existing RESET variants: the DISCARD commands are not actually similar to RESET. Patch from Marko Kreen, with some minor editorialization.
2007-04-26 18:13:15 +02:00
case DISCARD_ALL:
tag = "DISCARD ALL";
break;
case DISCARD_PLANS:
tag = "DISCARD PLANS";
break;
case DISCARD_TEMP:
tag = "DISCARD TEMP";
break;
default:
tag = "???";
RESET SESSION, plus related new DDL commands. Patch from Marko Kreen, reviewed by Neil Conway. This patch adds the following DDL command variants: RESET SESSION, RESET TEMP, RESET PLANS, CLOSE ALL, and DEALLOCATE ALL. RESET SESSION is intended for use by connection pool software and the like, in order to reset a client session to something close to its initial state. Note that while most of these command variants can be executed inside a transaction block (but are not transaction-aware!), RESET SESSION cannot. While this is inconsistent, it is intended to catch programmer mistakes: RESET SESSION in an open transaction block is probably unintended.
2007-04-12 08:53:49 +02:00
}
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
break;
case T_CreateTrigStmt:
tag = "CREATE TRIGGER";
break;
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
case T_CreateEventTrigStmt:
tag = "CREATE EVENT TRIGGER";
break;
case T_AlterEventTrigStmt:
tag = "ALTER EVENT TRIGGER";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_CreatePLangStmt:
tag = "CREATE LANGUAGE";
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_CreateRoleStmt:
tag = "CREATE ROLE";
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_AlterRoleStmt:
tag = "ALTER ROLE";
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_AlterRoleSetStmt:
tag = "ALTER ROLE";
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
break;
Replace pg_shadow and pg_group by new role-capable catalogs pg_authid and pg_auth_members. There are still many loose ends to finish in this patch (no documentation, no regression tests, no pg_dump support for instance). But I'm going to commit it now anyway so that Alvaro can make some progress on shared dependencies. The catalog changes should be pretty much done.
2005-06-28 07:09:14 +02:00
case T_DropRoleStmt:
tag = "DROP ROLE";
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
break;
Implement DROP OWNED and REASSIGN OWNED. These new commands facilitate the process of dropping roles by dropping objects owned by them and privileges granted to them, or giving the owned objects to someone else, through the use of the data stored in the new pg_shdepend catalog. Some refactoring of the GRANT/REVOKE code was needed, as well as ALTER OWNER code. Further cleanup of code duplication in the GRANT code seems necessary. Implemented by me after an idea from Tom Lane, who also provided various kind of implementation advice. Regression tests pass. Some tests for the new functionality are also added, as well as rudimentary documentation.
2005-11-21 13:49:33 +01:00
case T_DropOwnedStmt:
tag = "DROP OWNED";
break;
case T_ReassignOwnedStmt:
tag = "REASSIGN OWNED";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_LockStmt:
tag = "LOCK TABLE";
break;
case T_ConstraintsSetStmt:
tag = "SET CONSTRAINTS";
break;
case T_CheckPointStmt:
tag = "CHECKPOINT";
break;
case T_ReindexStmt:
tag = "REINDEX";
break;
case T_CreateConversionStmt:
tag = "CREATE CONVERSION";
break;
case T_CreateCastStmt:
tag = "CREATE CAST";
break;
case T_CreateOpClassStmt:
tag = "CREATE OPERATOR CLASS";
break;
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
case T_CreateOpFamilyStmt:
tag = "CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY";
break;
case T_AlterOpFamilyStmt:
tag = "ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY";
break;
Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing, so anything that's broken is probably my fault. Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 03:11:32 +02:00
case T_AlterTSDictionaryStmt:
tag = "ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY";
break;
case T_AlterTSConfigurationStmt:
tag = "ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION";
break;
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
case T_PrepareStmt:
tag = "PREPARE";
break;
case T_ExecuteStmt:
tag = "EXECUTE";
break;
case T_DeallocateStmt:
RESET SESSION, plus related new DDL commands. Patch from Marko Kreen, reviewed by Neil Conway. This patch adds the following DDL command variants: RESET SESSION, RESET TEMP, RESET PLANS, CLOSE ALL, and DEALLOCATE ALL. RESET SESSION is intended for use by connection pool software and the like, in order to reset a client session to something close to its initial state. Note that while most of these command variants can be executed inside a transaction block (but are not transaction-aware!), RESET SESSION cannot. While this is inconsistent, it is intended to catch programmer mistakes: RESET SESSION in an open transaction block is probably unintended.
2007-04-12 08:53:49 +02:00
{
DeallocateStmt *stmt = (DeallocateStmt *) parsetree;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
RESET SESSION, plus related new DDL commands. Patch from Marko Kreen, reviewed by Neil Conway. This patch adds the following DDL command variants: RESET SESSION, RESET TEMP, RESET PLANS, CLOSE ALL, and DEALLOCATE ALL. RESET SESSION is intended for use by connection pool software and the like, in order to reset a client session to something close to its initial state. Note that while most of these command variants can be executed inside a transaction block (but are not transaction-aware!), RESET SESSION cannot. While this is inconsistent, it is intended to catch programmer mistakes: RESET SESSION in an open transaction block is probably unintended.
2007-04-12 08:53:49 +02:00
if (stmt->name == NULL)
tag = "DEALLOCATE ALL";
else
tag = "DEALLOCATE";
}
Portal and memory management infrastructure for extended query protocol. Both plannable queries and utility commands are now always executed within Portals, which have been revamped so that they can handle the load (they used to be good only for single SELECT queries). Restructure code to push command-completion-tag selection logic out of postgres.c, so that it won't have to be duplicated between simple and extended queries. initdb forced due to addition of a field to Query nodes.
2003-05-02 22:54:36 +02:00
break;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
/* already-planned queries */
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
case T_PlannedStmt:
{
PlannedStmt *stmt = (PlannedStmt *) parsetree;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
switch (stmt->commandType)
{
case CMD_SELECT:
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
/*
* We take a little extra care here so that the result
* will be useful for complaints about read-only
* statements
*/
Modify processing of DECLARE CURSOR and EXPLAIN so that they can resolve the types of unspecified parameters when submitted via extended query protocol. This worked in 8.2 but I had broken it during plancache changes. DECLARE CURSOR is now treated almost exactly like a plain SELECT through parse analysis, rewrite, and planning; only just before sending to the executor do we divert it away to ProcessUtility. This requires a special-case check in a number of places, but practically all of them were already special-casing SELECT INTO, so it's not too ugly. (Maybe it would be a good idea to merge the two by treating IntoClause as a form of utility statement? Not going to worry about that now, though.) That approach doesn't work for EXPLAIN, however, so for that I punted and used a klugy solution of running parse analysis an extra time if under extended query protocol.
2007-04-28 00:05:49 +02:00
if (stmt->utilityStmt != NULL)
{
Assert(IsA(stmt->utilityStmt, DeclareCursorStmt));
tag = "DECLARE CURSOR";
}
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
else if (stmt->rowMarks != NIL)
{
Re-implement EvalPlanQual processing to improve its performance and eliminate a lot of strange behaviors that occurred in join cases. We now identify the "current" row for every joined relation in UPDATE, DELETE, and SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE queries. If an EvalPlanQual recheck is necessary, we jam the appropriate row into each scan node in the rechecking plan, forcing it to emit only that one row. The former behavior could rescan the whole of each joined relation for each recheck, which was terrible for performance, and what's much worse could result in duplicated output tuples. Also, the original implementation of EvalPlanQual could not re-use the recheck execution tree --- it had to go through a full executor init and shutdown for every row to be tested. To avoid this overhead, I've associated a special runtime Param with each LockRows or ModifyTable plan node, and arranged to make every scan node below such a node depend on that Param. Thus, by signaling a change in that Param, the EPQ machinery can just rescan the already-built test plan. This patch also adds a prohibition on set-returning functions in the targetlist of SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE. This is needed to avoid the duplicate-output-tuple problem. It seems fairly reasonable since the other restrictions on SELECT FOR UPDATE are meant to ensure that there is a unique correspondence between source tuples and result tuples, which an output SRF destroys as much as anything else does.
2009-10-26 03:26:45 +01:00
/* not 100% but probably close enough */
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety. Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole point of this patch. The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new servers. Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e. possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple, whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish. Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks. This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies of the tuple there exist.) With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by foreign key rules should be much reduced. As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed. Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests. There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson. Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund. This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most important start at the following message-ids: AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com 1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org 1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org 1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org 1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org 4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov 4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
switch (((PlanRowMark *) linitial(stmt->rowMarks))->markType)
{
case ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE:
tag = "SELECT FOR UPDATE";
break;
case ROW_MARK_NOKEYEXCLUSIVE:
tag = "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE";
break;
case ROW_MARK_SHARE:
tag = "SELECT FOR SHARE";
break;
case ROW_MARK_KEYSHARE:
tag = "SELECT FOR KEY SHARE";
break;
case ROW_MARK_REFERENCE:
case ROW_MARK_COPY:
tag = "SELECT";
break;
default:
tag = "???";
break;
}
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
}
else
tag = "SELECT";
break;
case CMD_UPDATE:
tag = "UPDATE";
break;
case CMD_INSERT:
tag = "INSERT";
break;
case CMD_DELETE:
tag = "DELETE";
break;
default:
elog(WARNING, "unrecognized commandType: %d",
(int) stmt->commandType);
tag = "???";
break;
}
}
break;
Standard pgindent run for 8.1.
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
/* parsed-and-rewritten-but-not-planned queries */
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
case T_Query:
Implement sharable row-level locks, and use them for foreign key references to eliminate unnecessary deadlocks. This commit adds SELECT ... FOR SHARE paralleling SELECT ... FOR UPDATE. The implementation uses a new SLRU data structure (managed much like pg_subtrans) to represent multiple- transaction-ID sets. When more than one transaction is holding a shared lock on a particular row, we create a MultiXactId representing that set of transactions and store its ID in the row's XMAX. This scheme allows an effectively unlimited number of row locks, just as we did before, while not costing any extra overhead except when a shared lock actually has to be shared. Still TODO: use the regular lock manager to control the grant order when multiple backends are waiting for a row lock. Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
{
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
Query *stmt = (Query *) parsetree;
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
switch (stmt->commandType)
{
case CMD_SELECT:
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
/*
* We take a little extra care here so that the result
* will be useful for complaints about read-only
* statements
*/
Modify processing of DECLARE CURSOR and EXPLAIN so that they can resolve the types of unspecified parameters when submitted via extended query protocol. This worked in 8.2 but I had broken it during plancache changes. DECLARE CURSOR is now treated almost exactly like a plain SELECT through parse analysis, rewrite, and planning; only just before sending to the executor do we divert it away to ProcessUtility. This requires a special-case check in a number of places, but practically all of them were already special-casing SELECT INTO, so it's not too ugly. (Maybe it would be a good idea to merge the two by treating IntoClause as a form of utility statement? Not going to worry about that now, though.) That approach doesn't work for EXPLAIN, however, so for that I punted and used a klugy solution of running parse analysis an extra time if under extended query protocol.
2007-04-28 00:05:49 +02:00
if (stmt->utilityStmt != NULL)
{
Assert(IsA(stmt->utilityStmt, DeclareCursorStmt));
tag = "DECLARE CURSOR";
}
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
else if (stmt->rowMarks != NIL)
{
Re-implement EvalPlanQual processing to improve its performance and eliminate a lot of strange behaviors that occurred in join cases. We now identify the "current" row for every joined relation in UPDATE, DELETE, and SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE queries. If an EvalPlanQual recheck is necessary, we jam the appropriate row into each scan node in the rechecking plan, forcing it to emit only that one row. The former behavior could rescan the whole of each joined relation for each recheck, which was terrible for performance, and what's much worse could result in duplicated output tuples. Also, the original implementation of EvalPlanQual could not re-use the recheck execution tree --- it had to go through a full executor init and shutdown for every row to be tested. To avoid this overhead, I've associated a special runtime Param with each LockRows or ModifyTable plan node, and arranged to make every scan node below such a node depend on that Param. Thus, by signaling a change in that Param, the EPQ machinery can just rescan the already-built test plan. This patch also adds a prohibition on set-returning functions in the targetlist of SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE. This is needed to avoid the duplicate-output-tuple problem. It seems fairly reasonable since the other restrictions on SELECT FOR UPDATE are meant to ensure that there is a unique correspondence between source tuples and result tuples, which an output SRF destroys as much as anything else does.
2009-10-26 03:26:45 +01:00
/* not 100% but probably close enough */
Improve concurrency of foreign key locking This patch introduces two additional lock modes for tuples: "SELECT FOR KEY SHARE" and "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE". These don't block each other, in contrast with already existing "SELECT FOR SHARE" and "SELECT FOR UPDATE". UPDATE commands that do not modify the values stored in the columns that are part of the key of the tuple now grab a SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE lock on the tuple, allowing them to proceed concurrently with tuple locks of the FOR KEY SHARE variety. Foreign key triggers now use FOR KEY SHARE instead of FOR SHARE; this means the concurrency improvement applies to them, which is the whole point of this patch. The added tuple lock semantics require some rejiggering of the multixact module, so that the locking level that each transaction is holding can be stored alongside its Xid. Also, multixacts now need to persist across server restarts and crashes, because they can now represent not only tuple locks, but also tuple updates. This means we need more careful tracking of lifetime of pg_multixact SLRU files; since they now persist longer, we require more infrastructure to figure out when they can be removed. pg_upgrade also needs to be careful to copy pg_multixact files over from the old server to the new, or at least part of multixact.c state, depending on the versions of the old and new servers. Tuple time qualification rules (HeapTupleSatisfies routines) need to be careful not to consider tuples with the "is multi" infomask bit set as being only locked; they might need to look up MultiXact values (i.e. possibly do pg_multixact I/O) to find out the Xid that updated a tuple, whereas they previously were assured to only use information readily available from the tuple header. This is considered acceptable, because the extra I/O would involve cases that would previously cause some commands to block waiting for concurrent transactions to finish. Another important change is the fact that locking tuples that have previously been updated causes the future versions to be marked as locked, too; this is essential for correctness of foreign key checks. This causes additional WAL-logging, also (there was previously a single WAL record for a locked tuple; now there are as many as updated copies of the tuple there exist.) With all this in place, contention related to tuples being checked by foreign key rules should be much reduced. As a bonus, the old behavior that a subtransaction grabbing a stronger tuple lock than the parent (sub)transaction held on a given tuple and later aborting caused the weaker lock to be lost, has been fixed. Many new spec files were added for isolation tester framework, to ensure overall behavior is sane. There's probably room for several more tests. There were several reviewers of this patch; in particular, Noah Misch and Andres Freund spent considerable time in it. Original idea for the patch came from Simon Riggs, after a problem report by Joel Jacobson. Most code is from me, with contributions from Marti Raudsepp, Alexander Shulgin, Noah Misch and Andres Freund. This patch was discussed in several pgsql-hackers threads; the most important start at the following message-ids: AANLkTimo9XVcEzfiBR-ut3KVNDkjm2Vxh+t8kAmWjPuv@mail.gmail.com 1290721684-sup-3951@alvh.no-ip.org 1294953201-sup-2099@alvh.no-ip.org 1320343602-sup-2290@alvh.no-ip.org 1339690386-sup-8927@alvh.no-ip.org 4FE5FF020200002500048A3D@gw.wicourts.gov 4FEAB90A0200002500048B7D@gw.wicourts.gov
2013-01-23 16:04:59 +01:00
switch (((RowMarkClause *) linitial(stmt->rowMarks))->strength)
{
case LCS_FORKEYSHARE:
tag = "SELECT FOR KEY SHARE";
break;
case LCS_FORSHARE:
tag = "SELECT FOR SHARE";
break;
case LCS_FORNOKEYUPDATE:
tag = "SELECT FOR NO KEY UPDATE";
break;
case LCS_FORUPDATE:
tag = "SELECT FOR UPDATE";
break;
default:
tag = "???";
break;
}
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
}
else
tag = "SELECT";
break;
case CMD_UPDATE:
tag = "UPDATE";
break;
case CMD_INSERT:
tag = "INSERT";
break;
case CMD_DELETE:
tag = "DELETE";
break;
case CMD_UTILITY:
tag = CreateCommandTag(stmt->utilityStmt);
break;
default:
elog(WARNING, "unrecognized commandType: %d",
(int) stmt->commandType);
tag = "???";
break;
}
Implement sharable row-level locks, and use them for foreign key references to eliminate unnecessary deadlocks. This commit adds SELECT ... FOR SHARE paralleling SELECT ... FOR UPDATE. The implementation uses a new SLRU data structure (managed much like pg_subtrans) to represent multiple- transaction-ID sets. When more than one transaction is holding a shared lock on a particular row, we create a MultiXactId representing that set of transactions and store its ID in the row's XMAX. This scheme allows an effectively unlimited number of row locks, just as we did before, while not costing any extra overhead except when a shared lock actually has to be shared. Still TODO: use the regular lock manager to control the grant order when multiple backends are waiting for a row lock. Alvaro Herrera and Tom Lane.
2005-04-28 23:47:18 +02:00
}
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
break;
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
default:
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
elog(WARNING, "unrecognized node type: %d",
(int) nodeTag(parsetree));
Redesign query-snapshot timing so that volatile functions in READ COMMITTED mode see a fresh snapshot for each command in the function, rather than using the latest interactive command's snapshot. Also, suppress fresh snapshots as well as CommandCounterIncrement inside STABLE and IMMUTABLE functions, instead using the snapshot taken for the most closely nested regular query. (This behavior is only sane for read-only functions, so the patch also enforces that such functions contain only SELECT commands.) As per my proposal of 6-Sep-2004; I note that I floated essentially the same proposal on 19-Jun-2002, but that discussion tailed off without any action. Since 8.0 seems like the right place to be taking possibly nontrivial backwards compatibility hits, let's get it done now.
2004-09-13 22:10:13 +02:00
tag = "???";
break;
}
return tag;
}
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
/*
* GetCommandLogLevel
* utility to get the minimum log_statement level for a command,
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
* given either a raw (un-analyzed) parsetree or a planned query.
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
*
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
* This must handle all command types, but since the vast majority
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
* of 'em are utility commands, it seems sensible to keep it here.
*/
LogStmtLevel
GetCommandLogLevel(Node *parsetree)
{
LogStmtLevel lev;
switch (nodeTag(parsetree))
{
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
/* raw plannable queries */
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_InsertStmt:
case T_DeleteStmt:
case T_UpdateStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_MOD;
break;
case T_SelectStmt:
Modify processing of DECLARE CURSOR and EXPLAIN so that they can resolve the types of unspecified parameters when submitted via extended query protocol. This worked in 8.2 but I had broken it during plancache changes. DECLARE CURSOR is now treated almost exactly like a plain SELECT through parse analysis, rewrite, and planning; only just before sending to the executor do we divert it away to ProcessUtility. This requires a special-case check in a number of places, but practically all of them were already special-casing SELECT INTO, so it's not too ugly. (Maybe it would be a good idea to merge the two by treating IntoClause as a form of utility statement? Not going to worry about that now, though.) That approach doesn't work for EXPLAIN, however, so for that I punted and used a klugy solution of running parse analysis an extra time if under extended query protocol.
2007-04-28 00:05:49 +02:00
if (((SelectStmt *) parsetree)->intoClause)
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL; /* SELECT INTO */
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
else
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
/* utility statements --- same whether raw or cooked */
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_TransactionStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_DeclareCursorStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_ClosePortalStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_FetchStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_CreateSchemaStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_CreateStmt:
Basic foreign table support. Foreign tables are a core component of SQL/MED. This commit does not provide a working SQL/MED infrastructure, because foreign tables cannot yet be queried. Support for foreign table scans will need to be added in a future patch. However, this patch creates the necessary system catalog structure, syntax support, and support for ancillary operations such as COMMENT and SECURITY LABEL. Shigeru Hanada, heavily revised by Robert Haas
2011-01-02 05:48:11 +01:00
case T_CreateForeignTableStmt:
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_CreateTableSpaceStmt:
case T_DropTableSpaceStmt:
Support ALTER TABLESPACE name SET/RESET ( tablespace_options ). This patch only supports seq_page_cost and random_page_cost as parameters, but it provides the infrastructure to scalably support many more. In particular, we may want to add support for effective_io_concurrency, but I'm leaving that as future work for now. Thanks to Tom Lane for design help and Alvaro Herrera for the review.
2010-01-05 22:54:00 +01:00
case T_AlterTableSpaceOptionsStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
case T_CreateExtensionStmt:
Add support for multiple versions of an extension and ALTER EXTENSION UPDATE. This follows recent discussions, so it's quite a bit different from Dimitri's original. There will probably be more changes once we get a bit of experience with it, but let's get it in and start playing with it. This is still just core code. I'll start converting contrib modules shortly. Dimitri Fontaine and Tom Lane
2011-02-12 03:25:20 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionStmt:
Extend "ALTER EXTENSION ADD object" to permit "DROP object" as well. Per discussion, this is something we should have sooner rather than later, and it doesn't take much additional code to support it.
2011-02-10 23:36:44 +01:00
case T_AlterExtensionContentsStmt:
Core support for "extensions", which are packages of SQL objects. This patch adds the server infrastructure to support extensions. There is still one significant loose end, namely how to make it play nice with pg_upgrade, so I am not yet committing the changes that would make all the contrib modules depend on this feature. In passing, fix a disturbingly large amount of breakage in AlterObjectNamespace() and callers. Dimitri Fontaine, reviewed by Anssi Kääriäinen, Itagaki Takahiro, Tom Lane, and numerous others
2011-02-08 22:08:41 +01:00
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
SQL/MED catalog manipulation facilities This doesn't do any remote or external things yet, but it gives modules like plproxy and dblink a standardized and future-proof system for managing their connection information. Martin Pihlak and Peter Eisentraut
2008-12-19 17:25:19 +01:00
case T_CreateFdwStmt:
case T_AlterFdwStmt:
case T_CreateForeignServerStmt:
case T_AlterForeignServerStmt:
case T_CreateUserMappingStmt:
case T_AlterUserMappingStmt:
case T_DropUserMappingStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_DropStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_TruncateStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_MOD;
break;
case T_CommentStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Add a SECURITY LABEL command. This is intended as infrastructure to support integration with label-based mandatory access control systems such as SE-Linux. Further changes (mostly hooks) will be needed, but this is a big chunk of it. KaiGai Kohei and Robert Haas
2010-09-28 02:55:27 +02:00
case T_SecLabelStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_CopyStmt:
if (((CopyStmt *) parsetree)->is_from)
lev = LOGSTMT_MOD;
else
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
Fix omission of DiscardStmt in GetCommandLogLevel, per report from Hubert Depesz Lubaczewski. In HEAD, also move a couple of other cases to make the code ordering match up with ProcessUtility.
2008-10-10 15:48:05 +02:00
case T_PrepareStmt:
{
PrepareStmt *stmt = (PrepareStmt *) parsetree;
/* Look through a PREPARE to the contained stmt */
lev = GetCommandLogLevel(stmt->query);
}
break;
case T_ExecuteStmt:
{
ExecuteStmt *stmt = (ExecuteStmt *) parsetree;
PreparedStatement *ps;
/* Look through an EXECUTE to the referenced stmt */
ps = FetchPreparedStatement(stmt->name, false);
if (ps)
lev = GetCommandLogLevel(ps->plansource->raw_parse_tree);
else
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
}
break;
case T_DeallocateStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_RenameStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterObjectSchemaStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterOwnerStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterTableStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterDomainStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_GrantStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_GrantRoleStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Create an ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES command, which allows users to adjust the privileges that will be applied to subsequently-created objects. Such adjustments are always per owning role, and can be restricted to objects created in particular schemas too. A notable benefit is that users can override the traditional default privilege settings, eg, the PUBLIC EXECUTE privilege traditionally granted by default for functions. Petr Jelinek
2009-10-05 21:24:49 +02:00
case T_AlterDefaultPrivilegesStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_DefineStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_CompositeTypeStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Support enum data types. Along the way, use macros for the values of pg_type.typtype whereever practical. Tom Dunstan, with some kibitzing from Tom Lane.
2007-04-02 05:49:42 +02:00
case T_CreateEnumStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Support range data types. Selectivity estimation functions are missing for some range type operators, which is a TODO. Jeff Davis
2011-11-03 12:16:28 +01:00
case T_CreateRangeStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Allow new values to be added to an existing enum type. After much expenditure of effort, we've got this to the point where the performance penalty is pretty minimal in typical cases. Andrew Dunstan, reviewed by Brendan Jurd, Dean Rasheed, and Tom Lane
2010-10-25 05:04:37 +02:00
case T_AlterEnumStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_ViewStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_CreateFunctionStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Fix omission of DiscardStmt in GetCommandLogLevel, per report from Hubert Depesz Lubaczewski. In HEAD, also move a couple of other cases to make the code ordering match up with ProcessUtility.
2008-10-10 15:48:05 +02:00
case T_AlterFunctionStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_IndexStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_RuleStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_CreateSeqStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterSeqStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Implement the DO statement to support execution of PL code without having to create a function for it. Procedural languages now have an additional entry point, namely a function to execute an inline code block. This seemed a better design than trying to hide the transient-ness of the code from the PL. As of this patch, only plpgsql has an inline handler, but probably people will soon write handlers for the other standard PLs. In passing, remove the long-dead LANCOMPILER option of CREATE LANGUAGE. Petr Jelinek
2009-09-23 01:43:43 +02:00
case T_DoStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_CreatedbStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterDatabaseStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterDatabaseSetStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_DropdbStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_NotifyStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_ListenStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_UnlistenStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_LoadStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_ClusterStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_VacuumStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_ExplainStmt:
{
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
ExplainStmt *stmt = (ExplainStmt *) parsetree;
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
bool analyze = false;
ListCell *lc;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
/* Look through an EXPLAIN ANALYZE to the contained stmt */
Extend EXPLAIN to allow generic options to be specified. The original syntax made it difficult to add options without making them into reserved words. This change parenthesizes the options to avoid that problem, and makes provision for an explicit (and perhaps non-Boolean) value for each option. The original syntax is still supported, but only for the two original options ANALYZE and VERBOSE. As a test case, add a COSTS option that can suppress the planner cost estimates. This may be useful for including EXPLAIN output in the regression tests, which are otherwise unable to cope with cross-platform variations in cost estimates. Robert Haas
2009-07-27 01:34:18 +02:00
foreach(lc, stmt->options)
{
pgindent run for 9.0
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
DefElem *opt = (DefElem *) lfirst(lc);
Extend EXPLAIN to allow generic options to be specified. The original syntax made it difficult to add options without making them into reserved words. This change parenthesizes the options to avoid that problem, and makes provision for an explicit (and perhaps non-Boolean) value for each option. The original syntax is still supported, but only for the two original options ANALYZE and VERBOSE. As a test case, add a COSTS option that can suppress the planner cost estimates. This may be useful for including EXPLAIN output in the regression tests, which are otherwise unable to cope with cross-platform variations in cost estimates. Robert Haas
2009-07-27 01:34:18 +02:00
if (strcmp(opt->defname, "analyze") == 0)
analyze = defGetBoolean(opt);
Do parse analysis of an EXPLAIN's contained statement during the normal parse analysis phase, rather than at execution time. This makes parameter handling work the same as it does in ordinary plannable queries, and in particular fixes the incompatibility that Pavel pointed out with plpgsql's new handling of variable references. plancache.c gets a little bit grottier, but the alternatives seem worse.
2010-01-15 23:36:35 +01:00
/* don't "break", as explain.c will use the last value */
Extend EXPLAIN to allow generic options to be specified. The original syntax made it difficult to add options without making them into reserved words. This change parenthesizes the options to avoid that problem, and makes provision for an explicit (and perhaps non-Boolean) value for each option. The original syntax is still supported, but only for the two original options ANALYZE and VERBOSE. As a test case, add a COSTS option that can suppress the planner cost estimates. This may be useful for including EXPLAIN output in the regression tests, which are otherwise unable to cope with cross-platform variations in cost estimates. Robert Haas
2009-07-27 01:34:18 +02:00
}
if (analyze)
First phase of plan-invalidation project: create a plan cache management module and teach PREPARE and protocol-level prepared statements to use it. In service of this, rearrange utility-statement processing so that parse analysis does not assume table schemas can't change before execution for utility statements (necessary because we don't attempt to re-acquire locks for utility statements when reusing a stored plan). This requires some refactoring of the ProcessUtility API, but it ends up cleaner anyway, for instance we can get rid of the QueryContext global. Still to do: fix up SPI and related code to use the plan cache; I'm tempted to try to make SQL functions use it too. Also, there are at least some aspects of system state that we want to ensure remain the same during a replan as in the original processing; search_path certainly ought to behave that way for instance, and perhaps there are others.
2007-03-13 01:33:44 +01:00
return GetCommandLogLevel(stmt->query);
Extend EXPLAIN to allow generic options to be specified. The original syntax made it difficult to add options without making them into reserved words. This change parenthesizes the options to avoid that problem, and makes provision for an explicit (and perhaps non-Boolean) value for each option. The original syntax is still supported, but only for the two original options ANALYZE and VERBOSE. As a test case, add a COSTS option that can suppress the planner cost estimates. This may be useful for including EXPLAIN output in the regression tests, which are otherwise unable to cope with cross-platform variations in cost estimates. Robert Haas
2009-07-27 01:34:18 +02:00
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
/* Plain EXPLAIN isn't so interesting */
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
}
break;
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
case T_CreateTableAsStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Add a materialized view relations. A materialized view has a rule just like a view and a heap and other physical properties like a table. The rule is only used to populate the table, references in queries refer to the materialized data. This is a minimal implementation, but should still be useful in many cases. Currently data is only populated "on demand" by the CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW statements. It is expected that future releases will add incremental updates with various timings, and that a more refined concept of defining what is "fresh" data will be developed. At some point it may even be possible to have queries use a materialized in place of references to underlying tables, but that requires the other above-mentioned features to be working first. Much of the documentation work by Robert Haas. Review by Noah Misch, Thom Brown, Robert Haas, Marko Tiikkaja Security review by KaiGai Kohei, with a decision on how best to implement sepgsql still pending.
2013-03-04 01:23:31 +01:00
case T_RefreshMatViewStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_VariableSetStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_VariableShowStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
Fix omission of DiscardStmt in GetCommandLogLevel, per report from Hubert Depesz Lubaczewski. In HEAD, also move a couple of other cases to make the code ordering match up with ProcessUtility.
2008-10-10 15:48:05 +02:00
case T_DiscardStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_CreateTrigStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Syntax support and documentation for event triggers. They don't actually do anything yet; that will get fixed in a follow-on commit. But this gets the basic infrastructure in place, including CREATE/ALTER/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; support for COMMENT, SECURITY LABEL, and ALTER EXTENSION .. ADD/DROP EVENT TRIGGER; pg_dump and psql support; and documentation for the anticipated initial feature set. Dimitri Fontaine, with review and a bunch of additional hacking by me. Thom Brown extensively reviewed earlier versions of this patch set, but there's not a whole lot of that code left in this commit, as it turns out.
2012-07-18 16:16:16 +02:00
case T_CreateEventTrigStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterEventTrigStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_CreatePLangStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Fix omission of DiscardStmt in GetCommandLogLevel, per report from Hubert Depesz Lubaczewski. In HEAD, also move a couple of other cases to make the code ordering match up with ProcessUtility.
2008-10-10 15:48:05 +02:00
case T_CreateDomainStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
case T_CreateRoleStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterRoleStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterRoleSetStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_DropRoleStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_DropOwnedStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_ReassignOwnedStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_LockStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_ConstraintsSetStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_CheckPointStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
case T_ReindexStmt:
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL; /* should this be DDL? */
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
break;
case T_CreateConversionStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_CreateCastStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_CreateOpClassStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Add CREATE/ALTER/DROP OPERATOR FAMILY commands, also COMMENT ON OPERATOR FAMILY; and add FAMILY option to CREATE OPERATOR CLASS to allow adding a class to a pre-existing family. Per previous discussion. Man, what a tedious lot of cutting and pasting ...
2007-01-23 06:07:18 +01:00
case T_CreateOpFamilyStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterOpFamilyStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Tsearch2 functionality migrates to core. The bulk of this work is by Oleg Bartunov and Teodor Sigaev, but I did a lot of editorializing, so anything that's broken is probably my fault. Documentation is nonexistent as yet, but let's land the patch so we can get some portability testing done.
2007-08-21 03:11:32 +02:00
case T_AlterTSDictionaryStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
case T_AlterTSConfigurationStmt:
lev = LOGSTMT_DDL;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
/* already-planned queries */
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
case T_PlannedStmt:
{
PlannedStmt *stmt = (PlannedStmt *) parsetree;
pgindent run for 8.2.
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
switch (stmt->commandType)
{
case CMD_SELECT:
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
case CMD_UPDATE:
case CMD_INSERT:
case CMD_DELETE:
lev = LOGSTMT_MOD;
break;
default:
elog(WARNING, "unrecognized commandType: %d",
(int) stmt->commandType);
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
}
}
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
break;
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
/* parsed-and-rewritten-but-not-planned queries */
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
case T_Query:
{
pgindent run for 8.3.
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
Query *stmt = (Query *) parsetree;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
switch (stmt->commandType)
{
case CMD_SELECT:
Restructure SELECT INTO's parsetree representation into CreateTableAsStmt. Making this operation look like a utility statement seems generally a good idea, and particularly so in light of the desire to provide command triggers for utility statements. The original choice of representing it as SELECT with an IntoClause appendage had metastasized into rather a lot of places, unfortunately, so that this patch is a great deal more complicated than one might at first expect. In particular, keeping EXPLAIN working for SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS subcommands required restructuring some EXPLAIN-related APIs. Add-on code that calls ExplainOnePlan or ExplainOneUtility, or uses ExplainOneQuery_hook, will need adjustment. Also, the cases PREPARE ... SELECT INTO and CREATE RULE ... SELECT INTO, which formerly were accepted though undocumented, are no longer accepted. The PREPARE case can be replaced with use of CREATE TABLE AS EXECUTE. The CREATE RULE case doesn't seem to have much real-world use (since the rule would work only once before failing with "table already exists"), so we'll not bother with that one. Both SELECT INTO and CREATE TABLE AS still return a command tag of "SELECT nnnn". There was some discussion of returning "CREATE TABLE nnnn", but for the moment backwards compatibility wins the day. Andres Freund and Tom Lane
2012-03-20 02:37:19 +01:00
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
case CMD_UPDATE:
case CMD_INSERT:
case CMD_DELETE:
lev = LOGSTMT_MOD;
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
case CMD_UTILITY:
lev = GetCommandLogLevel(stmt->utilityStmt);
break;
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
default:
elog(WARNING, "unrecognized commandType: %d",
(int) stmt->commandType);
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
}
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
}
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
break;
default:
Remove the Query structure from the executor's API. This allows us to stop storing mostly-redundant Query trees in prepared statements, portals, etc. To replace Query, a new node type called PlannedStmt is inserted by the planner at the top of a completed plan tree; this carries just the fields of Query that are still needed at runtime. The statement lists kept in portals etc. now consist of intermixed PlannedStmt and bare utility-statement nodes --- no Query. This incidentally allows us to remove some fields from Query and Plan nodes that shouldn't have been there in the first place. Still to do: simplify the execution-time range table; at the moment the range table passed to the executor still contains Query trees for subqueries. initdb forced due to change of stored rules.
2007-02-20 18:32:18 +01:00
elog(WARNING, "unrecognized node type: %d",
(int) nodeTag(parsetree));
Clean up logging for extended-query-protocol operations, as per my recent proposal. Parameter logging works even for binary-format parameters, and logging overhead is avoided when disabled. log_statement = all output for the src/test/examples/testlibpq3.c example now looks like LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: statement: execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' and log_min_duration_statement = 0 results in LOG: duration: 2.431 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 LOG: duration: 2.335 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 0.394 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = 'joe''s place' LOG: duration: 1.251 ms parse <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 LOG: duration: 0.566 ms bind <unnamed> to <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' LOG: duration: 0.173 ms execute <unnamed>: SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE i = $1::int4 DETAIL: parameters: $1 = '2' (This example demonstrates the folly of ignoring parse/bind steps for duration logging purposes, BTW.) Along the way, create a less ad-hoc mechanism for determining which commands are logged by log_statement = mod and log_statement = ddl. The former coding was actually missing quite a few things that look like ddl to me, and it did not handle EXECUTE or extended query protocol correctly at all. This commit does not do anything about the question of whether log_duration should be removed or made less redundant with log_min_duration_statement.
2006-09-08 00:52:01 +02:00
lev = LOGSTMT_ALL;
break;
}
return lev;
}